add keys

.clang-format

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-BasedOnStyle: Google
-AlignAfterOpenBracket: Align
-AlignConsecutiveAssignments: 'true'
-AlignConsecutiveDeclarations: 'true'
-AlignOperands: 'true'
-AllowAllParametersOfDeclarationOnNextLine: 'false'
-AllowShortCaseLabelsOnASingleLine: 'false'
-AllowShortFunctionsOnASingleLine: Empty
-AllowShortLoopsOnASingleLine: 'false'
-AlwaysBreakAfterDefinitionReturnType: None
-AlwaysBreakAfterReturnType: None
-AlwaysBreakBeforeMultilineStrings: 'false'
-BinPackArguments: 'true'
-BinPackParameters: 'true'
-ColumnLimit: '1000'
-IndentCaseLabels: 'true'
-IndentPPDirectives: AfterHash
-IndentWidth: '4'
-MaxEmptyLinesToKeep: '1'
-PointerAlignment: Right
-SortIncludes: 'false'
-SpaceBeforeAssignmentOperators: 'true'
-SpaceBeforeParens: ControlStatements
-SpaceInEmptyParentheses: 'false'
-SpacesBeforeTrailingComments: 1
-TabWidth: '4'
-UseTab: Never
-
-...

.clang_complete

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+-I.
+-I./drivers
+-I./drivers/avr
+-I./keyboards/ergodox_ez
+-I./keyboards/ergodox_ez/keymaps/vim
+-I./lib
+-I./lib/lufa
+-I./quantum
+-I./quantum/api
+-I./quantum/audio
+-I./quantum/keymap_extras
+-I./quantum/process_keycode
+-I./quantum/serial_link
+-I./quantum/template
+-I./quantum/tools
+-I./quantum/visualizer
+-I./tmk_core
+-I./tmk_core/common
+-I./tmk_core/common/debug.h
+-I./tmk_core/protocol
+-I./tmk_core/protocol/lufa
+-I./util
+-DQMK_KEYBOARD=\"$(KEYBOARD)\" -DQMK_KEYMAP=\"$(KEYMAP)\"

.editorconfig

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ root = true
 
 [*]
 indent_style = space
-indent_size = 4
+indent_size = 2
 
 # We recommend you to keep these unchanged
 charset = utf-8
@@ -16,18 +16,12 @@ insert_final_newline = true
 trim_trailing_whitespace = false
 indent_size = 4
 
-[{qmk,*.py}]
-charset = utf-8
-max_line_length = 200
-
 # Make these match what we have in .gitattributes
 [*.mk]
 end_of_line = lf
-indent_style = tab
 
 [Makefile]
 end_of_line = lf
-indent_style = tab
 
 [*.sh]
 end_of_line = lf

.gitattributes

@@ -2,70 +2,69 @@
 * text=auto
 
 # sources
-*.c      text eol=lf
-*.cc     text eol=lf
-*.cxx    text eol=lf
-*.cpp    text eol=lf
-*.c++    text eol=lf
-*.hpp    text eol=lf
-*.h      text eol=lf
-*.h++    text eol=lf
-*.hh     text eol=lf
-*.bat    text eol=crlf
-*.cmd    text eol=crlf
-*.coffee text eol=lf
-*.css    text eol=lf
-*.htm    text eol=lf
-*.html   text eol=lf
-*.inc    text eol=lf
-*.ini    text eol=crlf
-*.js     text eol=lf
-*.jsx    text eol=lf
-*.json   text eol=lf
-*.less   text eol=lf
-*.php    text eol=lf
-*.pl     text eol=lf
-*.py     text eol=lf
-*.rb     text eol=lf
-*.sass   text eol=lf
-*.scm    text eol=lf
-*.scss   text eol=lf
-*.sh     text eol=lf
-*.sql    text eol=lf
-*.styl   text eol=lf
-*.ts     text eol=lf
-*.xml    text eol=lf
-*.xhtml  text eol=lf
+*.c text
+*.cc text
+*.cxx text
+*.cpp text
+*.c++ text
+*.hpp text
+*.h text
+*.h++ text
+*.hh text
+*.bat    text
+*.coffee text
+*.css    text
+*.htm    text
+*.html   text
+*.inc    text
+*.ini    text
+*.js     text
+*.jsx    text
+*.json   text
+*.less   text
+*.php    text
+*.pl     text
+*.py     text
+*.rb     text
+*.sass   text
+*.scm    text
+*.scss   text
+*.sh     text
+*.sql    text
+*.styl   text
+*.ts     text
+*.xml    text
+*.xhtml  text
 
 # make files (need to always use lf for compatibility with Windows 10 bash)
 Makefile eol=lf
-*.mk     eol=lf
+*.mk eol=lf
 
 # make files (need to always use lf for compatibility with Windows 10 bash)
 *.sh eol=lf
 
 # documentation
-*.markdown   text eol=lf
-*.md         text eol=lf
-*.mdwn       text eol=lf
-*.mdown      text eol=lf
-*.mkd        text eol=lf
-*.mkdn       text eol=lf
-*.mdtxt      text eol=lf
-*.mdtext     text eol=lf
-*.txt        text eol=lf
-AUTHORS      text eol=lf
-CHANGELOG    text eol=lf
-CHANGES      text eol=lf
-CONTRIBUTING text eol=lf
-COPYING      text eol=lf
-INSTALL      text eol=lf
-license      text eol=lf
-LICENSE      text eol=lf
-NEWS         text eol=lf
-readme       text eol=lf
-*README*     text eol=lf
-TODO         text eol=lf
+*.markdown   text
+*.md         text
+*.mdwn       text
+*.mdown      text
+*.mkd        text
+*.mkdn       text
+*.mdtxt      text
+*.mdtext     text
+*.txt        text
+AUTHORS      text
+CHANGELOG    text
+CHANGES      text
+CONTRIBUTING text
+COPYING      text
+INSTALL      text
+license      text
+LICENSE      text
+NEWS         text
+readme       text
+*README*     text
+TODO         text
 
 GRAPHICS
 *.ai   binary
@@ -83,7 +82,7 @@ GRAPHICS
 *.png  binary
 *.psb  binary
 *.psd  binary
-*.svg  text eol=lf
+*.svg  text
 *.svgz binary
 *.tif  binary
 *.tiff binary
@@ -93,4 +92,3 @@ GRAPHICS
 # hex files
 *.hex binary
 *.eep binary
-nix/sources.nix linguist-generated=true

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.md

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-name: Bug report
-about: Create a report to help us improve QMK Firmware.
-title: "[Bug] "
-labels: bug, help wanted
-assignees: ''
-
----
-
-<!-- Provide a general summary of the bug in the title above. -->
-
-<!--- This template is entirely optional and can be removed, but is here to help both you and us. -->
-<!--- Anything on lines wrapped in comments like these will not show up in the final text. -->
-
-## Describe the Bug
-
-<!-- A clear and concise description of what the bug is. -->
-
-## System Information
-
-**Keyboard:** 
-**Revision (if applicable):** 
-**Operating system:** 
-**`qmk doctor` output:** 
-```
-(Paste output here)
-```
-
-**Any keyboard related software installed?** 
- - [ ] AutoHotKey (Windows)
- - [ ] Karabiner (macOS)
- - [ ] Other:
-
-## Additional Context
-
-<!-- Add any other relevant information about the problem here. -->

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/config.yml

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-blank_issues_enabled: false
-contact_links:
-  - name: QMK Discord
-    url: https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh
-    about: Ask questions, discuss issues and features. Chill.
-  - name: OLKB Subreddit
-    url: https://www.reddit.com/r/olkb
-    about: All things OLKB and QMK.

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
----
-name: Feature request
-about: Suggest a new feature or changes to existing features.
-title: "[Feature Request] "
-labels: enhancement, help wanted
-assignees: ''
-
----
-
-<!--- Provide a general summary of the changes you want in the title above. -->
-
-<!--- This template is entirely optional and can be removed, but is here to help both you and us. -->
-<!--- Anything on lines wrapped in comments like these will not show up in the final text. -->
-
-## Feature Request Type
-
-- [ ] Core functionality
-- [ ] Add-on hardware support (eg. audio, RGB, OLED screen, etc.)
-- [ ] Alteration (enhancement/optimization) of existing feature(s)
-- [ ] New behavior
-
-## Description
-
-<!-- A few sentences describing what it is that you'd like to see in QMK. Additional information (such as links to spec sheets, licensing info, other related issues or PRs, etc) would be helpful. -->

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/other_issues.md

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
----
-name: Other issues
-about: Anything else that doesn't fall into the above categories.
-title: ''
-labels: help wanted, question
-assignees: ''
-
----
-
-<!--- Provide a general summary of the changes you want in the title above. -->
-
-<!--- Anything on lines wrapped in comments like these will not show up in the final text. -->
-
-<!-- Please check https://docs.qmk.fm/#/support for additional resources first. If that doesn't answer your question, choose the bug report template instead, as that may be more appropriate. -->

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/zzz_blank.md

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-name: Blank issue
-about: If you're 100% sure that you don't need one of the other issue templates, use
-  this one instead.
-title: ''
-labels: help wanted, question
-assignees: ''
-
----
-
-

.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<!--- Provide a general summary of your changes in the title above. -->
-
-<!--- This template is entirely optional and can be removed, but is here to help both you and us. -->
-<!--- Anything on lines wrapped in comments like these will not show up in the final text. -->
-
-## Description
-
-<!--- Describe your changes in detail here. -->
-
-## Types of Changes
-
-<!--- What types of changes does your code introduce? Put an `x` in all the boxes that apply. -->
-- [ ] Core
-- [ ] Bugfix
-- [ ] New feature
-- [ ] Enhancement/optimization
-- [ ] Keyboard (addition or update)
-- [ ] Keymap/layout/userspace (addition or update)
-- [ ] Documentation
-
-## Issues Fixed or Closed by This PR
-
-* 
-
-## Checklist
-
-<!--- Go over all the following points, and put an `x` in all the boxes that apply. -->
-<!--- If you're unsure about any of these, don't hesitate to ask. We're here to help! -->
-- [ ] My code follows the code style of this project: [**C**](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/coding_conventions_c), [**Python**](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/coding_conventions_python)
-- [ ] I have read the [**PR Checklist** document](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/pr_checklist) and have made the appropriate changes.
-- [ ] My change requires a change to the documentation.
-- [ ] I have updated the documentation accordingly.
-- [ ] I have read the [**CONTRIBUTING** document](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/contributing).
-- [ ] I have added tests to cover my changes.
-- [ ] I have tested the changes and verified that they work and don't break anything (as well as I can manage).

.github/labeler.yml

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-core:
-  - quantum/**/*
-  - tmk_core/**/*
-  - drivers/**/*
-  - tests/**/*
-  - util/**/*
-  - platforms/**/*
-  - Makefile
-  - '*.mk'
-dependencies:
-  - any:
-    - 'lib/**/*'
-    - '!lib/python/**/*'
-keyboard:
-  - any:
-    - 'keyboards/**/*'
-    - '!keyboards/**/keymaps/**/*'
-keymap:
-  - users/**/*
-  - layouts/**/*
-  - keyboards/**/keymaps/**/*
-via:
-  - keyboards/**/keymaps/via/*
-cli:
-  - requirements.txt
-  - lib/python/**/*
-python:
-  - '**/*.py'
-documentation:
-  - docs/**/*
-translation:
-  - docs/fr-fr/**/*
-  - docs/es/**/*
-  - docs/ja/**/*
-  - docs/he-il/**/*
-  - docs/pt-br/**/*
-  - docs/zh-cn/**/*
-  - docs/de/**/*
-  - docs/ru-ru/**/*
-CI:
-  - .github/**/*

.github/stale.yml

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-# Configuration for probot-stale - https://github.com/probot/stale
-
-# General configuration
-
-# Pull request specific configuration
-pulls:
-  staleLabel: awaiting changes
-  # Number of days of inactivity before an Issue or Pull Request becomes stale
-  daysUntilStale: 45
-  # Number of days of inactivity before a stale Issue or Pull Request is closed.
-  # Set to false to disable. If disabled, issues still need to be closed manually, but will remain marked as stale.
-  daysUntilClose: 30
-  # Comment to post when marking as stale. Set to `false` to disable
-  markComment: >
-    Thank you for your contribution!
-
-    This pull request has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had
-    activity in the last 45 days. It will be closed in 30 days if no further activity occurs.
-    Please feel free to give a status update now, or re-open when it's ready.
-    
-    For maintainers: Please label with `awaiting review`, `breaking_change`, `in progress`, or `on hold` to prevent 
-    the issue from being re-flagged.
-  # Comment to post when closing a stale Issue or Pull Request.
-  closeComment: >
-    Thank you for your contribution!
-
-    This pull request has been automatically closed because it has not had activity in the last 30 days.
-    Please feel free to give a status update now, ping for review, or re-open when it's ready.
-  # Limit the number of actions per hour, from 1-30. Default is 30
-  limitPerRun: 30
-  exemptLabels:
-    - awaiting review
-    - breaking_change
-    - in progress
-    - on hold
-
-# Issue specific configuration
-issues:
-  staleLabel: stale
-  limitPerRun: 10
-  daysUntilStale: 90
-  daysUntilClose: 30
-  markComment: >
-    This issue has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had activity in the
-    last 90 days. It will be closed in the next 30 days unless it is tagged properly or other activity
-    occurs.
-    
-    For maintainers: Please label with `bug`, `in progress`, `on hold`, `discussion` or `to do` to prevent 
-    the issue from being re-flagged.
-  closeComment: >
-    This issue has been automatically closed because it has not had activity in the last 30 days.
-    If this issue is still valid, re-open the issue and let us know.
-  exemptLabels:
-    - bug
-    - in progress
-    - on hold
-    - discussion
-    - to do

.github/workflows/api.yml

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-name: Update API Data
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - master
-    paths:
-    - 'keyboards/**'
-    - 'layouts/community/**'
-  workflow_dispatch:
-
-jobs:
-  api_data:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: qmkfm/qmk_cli
-
-    # protect against those who develop with their fork on master
-    if: github.repository == 'qmk/qmk_firmware'
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        fetch-depth: 1
-        persist-credentials: false
-
-    - name: Generate API Data
-      run: qmk generate-api
-
-    - name: Upload API Data
-      uses: jakejarvis/s3-sync-action@master
-      with:
-        args: --acl public-read --follow-symlinks --delete
-      env:
-        AWS_S3_BUCKET: ${{ secrets.API_SPACE_MASTER }}
-        AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID: ${{ secrets.SPACES_ACCESS_KEY }}
-        AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY: ${{ secrets.SPACES_SECRET_KEY }}
-        AWS_S3_ENDPOINT: https://nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
-        SOURCE_DIR: 'api_data'

.github/workflows/auto_tag.yaml

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-name: Essential files modified
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - master
-    paths:
-    - quantum/**/*
-    - tmk_core/**/*
-    - drivers/**/*
-    - tests/**/*
-    - util/**/*
-    - platforms/**/*
-    - Makefile
-    - '*.mk'
-
-jobs:
-  tag:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    # protect against those who develop with their fork on master
-    if: github.repository == 'qmk/qmk_firmware'
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        fetch-depth: 0
-
-    - name: Bump version and push tag
-      uses: anothrNick/github-tag-action@1.26.0
-      env:
-        GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-        DEFAULT_BUMP: 'patch'

.github/workflows/cli.yml

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-name: CLI CI
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - master
-    - develop
-  pull_request:
-    paths:
-    - 'lib/python/**'
-    - 'requirements.txt'
-    - '.github/workflows/cli.yml'
-
-jobs:
-  test:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    container: qmkfm/qmk_cli
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        submodules: recursive
-    - name: Install dependencies
-      run: pip3 install -r requirements-dev.txt
-    - name: Run tests
-      run: qmk pytest

.github/workflows/develop_api.yml

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-name: Update Develop API Data
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - develop
-    paths:
-    - 'keyboards/**'
-    - 'layouts/community/**'
-  workflow_dispatch:
-
-jobs:
-  api_data:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: qmkfm/qmk_cli
-
-    # protect against those who work in their fork on develop
-    if: github.repository == 'qmk/qmk_firmware'
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        fetch-depth: 1
-        persist-credentials: false
-
-    - name: Generate API Data
-      run: qmk generate-api
-
-    - name: Upload API Data
-      uses: jakejarvis/s3-sync-action@master
-      with:
-        args: --acl public-read --follow-symlinks --delete
-      env:
-        AWS_S3_BUCKET: ${{ secrets.API_SPACE_DEVELOP }}
-        AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID: ${{ secrets.SPACES_ACCESS_KEY }}
-        AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY: ${{ secrets.SPACES_SECRET_KEY }}
-        AWS_S3_ENDPOINT: https://nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
-        SOURCE_DIR: 'api_data'

.github/workflows/develop_update.yml

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-name: Update develop after master merge
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - master
-
-jobs:
-  develop_update:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    if: github.repository == 'qmk/qmk_firmware'
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        token: ${{ secrets.QMK_BOT_TOKEN }}
-        fetch-depth: 0
-
-    - name: Checkout develop
-      run: |
-        git fetch origin master develop
-        git checkout develop
-
-    - name: Update develop from master
-      run: |
-        git config --global user.name "QMK Bot"
-        git config --global user.email "hello@qmk.fm"
-        git merge origin/master
-        git push origin develop

.github/workflows/docs.yml

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-name: Generate Docs
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - master
-    paths:
-    - 'tmk_core/**'
-    - 'quantum/**'
-    - 'platforms/**'
-    - 'docs/**'
-    - '.github/workflows/docs.yml'
-
-jobs:
-  generate:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: qmkfm/qmk_cli
-
-    # protect against those who develop with their fork on master
-    if: github.repository == 'qmk/qmk_firmware'
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        fetch-depth: 1
-
-    - name: Install dependencies
-      run: |
-        apt-get update && apt-get install -y rsync nodejs npm doxygen
-        npm install -g moxygen
-
-    - name: Build docs
-      run: |
-        qmk --verbose generate-docs
-
-    - name: Deploy
-      uses: JamesIves/github-pages-deploy-action@3.7.1
-      with:
-        GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-        BASE_BRANCH: master
-        BRANCH: gh-pages
-        FOLDER: .build/docs
-        GIT_CONFIG_EMAIL: hello@qmk.fm

.github/workflows/feature_branch_update.yml

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-name: Update feature branches after develop merge
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - develop
-
-jobs:
-  feature_branch_update:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    if: github.repository == 'qmk/qmk_firmware'
-
-    strategy:
-      matrix:
-        branch:
-        - xap
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        token: ${{ secrets.QMK_BOT_TOKEN }}
-        fetch-depth: 0
-
-    - name: Checkout branch
-      run: |
-        git fetch origin develop ${{ matrix.branch }}
-        git checkout ${{ matrix.branch }}
-
-    - name: Update branch from develop
-      run: |
-        git config --global user.name "QMK Bot"
-        git config --global user.email "hello@qmk.fm"
-        git merge origin/develop
-        git push origin ${{ matrix.branch }}

.github/workflows/format.yaml

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-name: PR Lint Format
-
-on:
-  pull_request:
-    paths:
-    - 'drivers/**'
-    - 'lib/arm_atsam/**'
-    - 'lib/lib8tion/**'
-    - 'lib/python/**'
-    - 'platforms/**'
-    - 'quantum/**'
-    - 'tests/**'
-    - 'tmk_core/**'
-
-jobs:
-  lint:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    container: qmkfm/qmk_cli
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        fetch-depth: 0
-
-    - name: Install dependencies
-      run: |
-        pip3 install -r requirements-dev.txt
-
-    - uses: trilom/file-changes-action@v1.2.4
-      id: file_changes
-      with:
-        output: ' '
-        fileOutput: ' '
-
-    - name: Run qmk formatters
-      shell: 'bash {0}'
-      run: |
-        cat ~/files_added.txt ~/files_modified.txt > ~/files_changed.txt
-        qmk format-c --core-only $(< ~/files_changed.txt) || true
-        qmk format-python $(< ~/files_changed.txt) || true
-        qmk format-text $(< ~/files_changed.txt) || true
-
-    - name: Fail when formatting required
-      run: |
-        git diff
-        for file in $(git diff --name-only); do
-          echo "File '${file}' Requires Formatting"
-          echo "::error file=${file}::Requires Formatting"
-        done
-        test -z "$(git diff --name-only)"

.github/workflows/format_push.yaml

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-name: Lint Format
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - master
-    - develop
-
-jobs:
-  lint:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    container: qmkfm/qmk_cli
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        fetch-depth: 0
-
-    - name: Install dependencies
-      run: |
-        pip3 install -r requirements-dev.txt
-
-    - name: Run qmk formatters
-      shell: 'bash {0}'
-      run: |
-        qmk format-c -a
-        qmk format-python -a
-        qmk format-text -a
-        git diff
-
-    - uses: rlespinasse/github-slug-action@v3.x
-
-    - name: Become QMK Bot
-      run: |
-        git config user.name 'QMK Bot'
-        git config user.email 'hello@qmk.fm'
-
-    - name: Create Pull Request
-      uses: peter-evans/create-pull-request@v3
-      if: ${{ github.repository == 'qmk/qmk_firmware'}}
-      with:
-        token: ${{ secrets.QMK_BOT_TOKEN }}
-        delete-branch: true
-        branch: bugfix/format_${{ env.GITHUB_REF_SLUG }}
-        author: QMK Bot <hello@qmk.fm>
-        committer: QMK Bot <hello@qmk.fm>
-        commit-message: Format code according to conventions
-        title: '[CI] Format code according to conventions'

.github/workflows/labeler.yml

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-name: "Pull Request Labeler"
-
-on:
-  pull_request_target:
-    types: [opened, synchronize, reopened, ready_for_review, locked]
-
-jobs:
-  triage:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/labeler@main
-      with:
-        repo-token: "${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}"
-        configuration-path: '.github/labeler.yml'

.github/workflows/lint.yml

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-name: PR Lint keyboards
-
-on:
-  pull_request:
-    paths:
-    - 'keyboards/**'
-
-jobs:
-  lint:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    container: qmkfm/qmk_cli
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        fetch-depth: 0
-
-    - uses: trilom/file-changes-action@v1.2.4
-      id: file_changes
-      with:
-        output: '\n'
-
-    - name: Print info
-      run: |
-        git rev-parse --short HEAD
-        echo ${{ github.event.pull_request.base.sha }}
-        echo '${{ steps.file_changes.outputs.files}}'
-
-    - name: Run qmk lint
-      shell: 'bash {0}'
-      run: |
-        QMK_CHANGES=$(echo -e '${{ steps.file_changes.outputs.files}}')
-        QMK_KEYBOARDS=$(qmk list-keyboards)
-
-        exit_code=0
-        for KB in $QMK_KEYBOARDS; do
-          KEYBOARD_CHANGES=$(echo "$QMK_CHANGES" | grep -E '^(keyboards/'${KB}'/)')
-          if [[ -z "$KEYBOARD_CHANGES" ]]; then
-            # skip as no changes for this keyboard
-            continue
-          fi
-
-          KEYMAP_ONLY=$(echo "$KEYBOARD_CHANGES" | grep -cv /keymaps/)
-          if [[ $KEYMAP_ONLY -gt 0 ]]; then
-            echo "linting ${KB}"
-
-            qmk lint --keyboard ${KB} && qmk info -l --keyboard ${KB}
-            exit_code=$(($exit_code + $?))
-          fi
-        done
-        if [[ $exit_code -gt 255 ]]; then
-            exit 255
-        fi
-        exit $exit_code

.github/workflows/unit_test.yml

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-name: Unit Tests
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-    - master
-    - develop
-  pull_request:
-    paths:
-    - 'builddefs/**'
-    - 'quantum/**'
-    - 'platforms/**'
-    - 'tmk_core/**'
-    - 'tests/**'
-    - '*.mk'
-    - 'Makefile'
-    - '.github/workflows/unit_test.yml'
-
-jobs:
-  test:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-
-    container: qmkfm/base_container
-
-    steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        submodules: recursive
-    - name: Run tests
-      run: make test:all

.gitignore

@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
-# Junk files
-*.bak
-*.swp
-*~
-.DS_Store
-._*
-
-# Build artifacts
-.clang_complete
-.build/
+.dep
+*.o
+*.bin
+*.eep
 *.elf
+*.hex
+*.qmk
+!util/bootloader.hex
+!quantum/tools/eeprom_reset.hex
 *.log
 *.lss
 *.lst
 *.map
-*.o
-*.stackdump
 *.sym
-
-# QMK-specific
-api_data/v1
+*.swp
+tags
+*~
+build/
+.build/
+*.bak
+.vagrant/
 quantum/version.h
-*.bin
-*.eep
-*.hex
-*.qmk
-*.uf2
-
-# Old-style QMK Makefiles
+.idea/
+CMakeLists.txt
+cmake-build-debug
+doxygen/
+.DS_STORE
+/util/wsl_downloaded
+/util/win_downloaded
 /keyboards/*/Makefile
 /keyboards/*/*/Makefile
 /keyboards/*/*/*/Makefile
@@ -39,55 +39,32 @@ quantum/version.h
 /keyboards/*/*/*/*/*/keymaps/Makefile
 
 # Eclipse/PyCharm/Other IDE Settings
-*.iml
-.browse.VC.db*
 .cproject
-.idea
-.idea/
 .project
 .settings/
-.vagrant/
-
-# ?
-.dep
-.history/
-build/
-cmake-build-debug
-CMakeLists.txt
-
+.idea
+*.iml
+.browse.VC.db*
+*.stackdump
+util/Win_Check_Output.txt
 # Let these ones be user specific, since we have so many different configurations
-*.code-workspace
-.stfolder
-.tags
 .vscode/c_cpp_properties.json
-.vscode/ipch/
-.vscode/last.sql
 .vscode/launch.json
 .vscode/tasks.json
+.vscode/last.sql
 .vscode/temp.sql
-tags
+.stfolder
+.tags
 
-# Ignore image files
-*.gif
-*.jpg
+# ignore image files
 *.png
+*.jpg
+*.gif
 
-# Things Travis sees
-/.vs
-id_rsa_*
+# Do not ignore MiniDox left/right hand eeprom files
+!keyboards/minidox/*.eep
+
+# things travis sees
 secrets.tar
-
-# Python things
-__pycache__
-.python-version
-
-# Prerequisites for updating ChibiOS
-/util/fmpp*
-
-# Allow to exist but don't include it in the repo
-user_song_list.h
-
-# clangd
-compile_commands.json
-.clangd/
-.cache/
+id_rsa_*
+/.vs

.gitmodules

@@ -1,20 +1,13 @@
 [submodule "lib/chibios"]
 	path = lib/chibios
 	url = https://github.com/qmk/ChibiOS
-	branch = master
 [submodule "lib/chibios-contrib"]
 	path = lib/chibios-contrib
 	url = https://github.com/qmk/ChibiOS-Contrib
-	branch = master
+	branch = k-type-fix
+[submodule "lib/ugfx"]
+	path = lib/ugfx
+	url = https://github.com/qmk/uGFX
 [submodule "lib/googletest"]
 	path = lib/googletest
-	url = https://github.com/qmk/googletest
-[submodule "lib/lufa"]
-	path = lib/lufa
-	url = https://github.com/qmk/lufa
-[submodule "lib/vusb"]
-	path = lib/vusb
-	url = https://github.com/qmk/v-usb
-[submodule "lib/printf"]
-	path = lib/printf
-	url = https://github.com/qmk/printf
+	url = https://github.com/google/googletest

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+os: linux
+dist: trusty
+sudo: required
+group: edge
+language: c
+branches:
+  except:
+    - /^.*-automated-build$/
+    - /^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/
+env:
+  global:
+  - secure: vBTSL34BDPxDilKUuTXqU4CJ26Pv5hogD2nghatkxSQkI1/jbdnLj/DQdPUrMJFDIY6TK3AltsBx72MaMsLQ1JO/Ou24IeHINHXzUC1FlS9yQa48cpxnhX5kzXNyGs3oa0qaFbvnr7RgYRWtmD52n4bIZuSuW+xpBv05x2OCizdT2ZonH33nATaHGFasxROm4qYZ241VfzcUv766V6RVHgL4x9V08warugs+RENVkfzxxwhk3NmkrISabze0gSVJLHBPHxroZC6EUcf/ocobcuDrCwFqtEt90i7pNIAFUE7gZsN2uE75LmpzAWin21G7lLPcPL2k4FJVd8an1HiP2WmscJU6U89fOfMb2viObnKcCzebozBCmKGtHEuXZo9FcReOx49AnQSpmESJGs+q2dL/FApkTjQiyT4J6O5dJpoww0/r57Wx0cmmqjETKBb5rSgXM51Etk3wO09mvcPHsEwrT7qH8r9XWdyCDoEn7FCLX3/LYnf/D4SmZ633YPl5gv3v9XEwxR5+04akjgnvWDSNIaDbWBdxHNb7l4pMc+WR1bwCyMyA7KXj0RrftEGOrm9ZRLe6BkbT4cycA+j77nbPOMcyZChliV9pPQos+4TOJoTzcK2L8yWVoY409aDNVuAjdP6Yum0R2maBGl/etLmIMpJC35C5/lZ+dUNjJAM=
+before_install:
+  - wget http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz || wget http://qmk.fm/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
+install:
+  - tar -zxf avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
+  - export PATH="$PATH:$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/avr8-gnu-toolchain-linux_x86_64/bin"
+  - npm install -g moxygen
+before_script:
+  - avr-gcc --version
+script:
+- make test:all AUTOGEN=false
+- bash util/travis_build.sh
+- bash util/travis_docs.sh
+addons:
+  apt:
+    packages:
+    - dfu-programmer
+    - pandoc
+    - gcc-arm-none-eabi
+    - binutils-arm-none-eabi
+    - libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
+    - diffutils
+    - dos2unix
+    - doxygen
+after_success: 
+  bash util/travis_compiled_push.sh
+notifications:
+  webhooks:
+    urls:
+      - https://webhooks.gitter.im/e/afce403d65f143dfac09
+    on_success: always  # options: [always|never|change] default: always
+    on_failure: always  # options: [always|never|change] default: always
+    on_start: never     # options: [always|never|change] default: always

.vscode/extensions.json

@@ -1,10 +1,6 @@
 // Suggested extensions
 {
   "recommendations": [
-    "EditorConfig.EditorConfig",
-    "xaver.clang-format",
-    "ms-vscode.cpptools",
-    "bierner.github-markdown-preview",
-    "donjayamanne.git-extension-pack"
+    "EditorConfig.EditorConfig"
   ]
 }

.vscode/settings.json

@@ -5,26 +5,13 @@
     // Configure glob patterns for excluding files and folders.
     "files.exclude": {
         "**/.build": true,
-        "**/*.hex": true,
-        "**/*.bin": true
+        "**/*.hex": true
     },
     "files.associations": {
         "*.h": "c",
         "*.c": "c",
-        "*.inc": "c",
         "*.cpp": "cpp",
         "*.hpp": "cpp",
-        "xstddef": "c",
-        "type_traits": "c",
-        "utility": "c",
-        "ranges": "c"
-    },
-    "[markdown]": {
-        "editor.trimAutoWhitespace": false,
-        "files.trimTrailingWhitespace": false
-    },
-    "python.formatting.provider": "yapf",
-    "[json]": {
-	    "editor.formatOnSave": false
+        "xstddef": "c"
     }
 }

CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Code Of Conduct
+
+QMK strives to be an inclusive, tolerant, and welcoming community. We encourage participation from anyone regardless of age, disability, ethnicity, gender identity and expression, level of experience, nationality, personal appearance, political belief, race, religion, or sexual identity and orientation.
+
+> “A gentle word turns away wrath, but a harsh word stirs up anger."
+
+Our users, contributors, and collaborators are expected to treat each other with kindness and respect, to assume good intentions, and to gently correct, where possible, rather than react with escalation. While our goal is to be as accurate as possible, kindness and understanding are more valuable than correctness. Some examples of behavior we will not tolerate include, but is not limited to:
+
+* The use of sexualized language or imagery
+* Unwelcome advances, sexual or otherwise
+* Insults or derogatory comments, or personal or political attacks
+* Publishing others’ private information without explicit permission
+* Other conduct which could reasonably be considered inappropriate in a professional setting
+
+If someone is violating this Code of Conduct you may email hello@qmk.fm to bring your concern to the Members. All complaints will be reviewed and investigated and will result in a response that is deemed necessary and appropriate to the circumstances. The project team is obligated to maintain confidentiality with regard to the reporter of an incident. 

Dockerfile

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+FROM debian:jessie
+MAINTAINER Erik Dasque <erik@frenchguys.com>
+
+RUN apt-get update && apt-get install --no-install-recommends -y build-essential \
+    gcc \
+    unzip \
+    wget \
+    zip \
+    gcc-avr \
+    binutils-avr \
+    avr-libc \
+    dfu-programmer \
+    dfu-util \
+    gcc-arm-none-eabi \
+    binutils-arm-none-eabi \
+    libnewlib-arm-none-eabi \
+    git \
+    software-properties-common \
+    avrdude \
+    && rm -rf /var/lib/apt/lists/*
+
+ENV keyboard=ergodox
+ENV subproject=ez
+ENV keymap=default
+
+VOLUME /qmk
+WORKDIR /qmk
+CMD make clean ; make keyboard=${keyboard} subproject=${subproject} keymap=${keymap}

Doxyfile

@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.14
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for qmk_firmware (github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware)
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+PROJECT_NAME           = "QMK Firmware"
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware
+PROJECT_BRIEF          = "Keyboard controller firmware for Atmel AVR and ARM USB families"
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = doxygen
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+ALIASES                = 
+TCL_SUBST              = 
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      = 
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
+TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS   = 2
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = YES
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 
+LAYOUT_FILE            = 
+CITE_BIB_FILES         = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+QUIET                  = NO
+WARNINGS               = YES
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = NO
+WARN_AS_ERROR          = NO
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+WARN_LOGFILE           = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+INPUT                  = tmk_core quantum drivers
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.c \
+                         *.cc \
+                         *.cxx \
+                         *.cpp \
+                         *.c++ \
+                         *.h \
+                         *.hh \
+                         *.hxx \
+                         *.hpp \
+                         *.h++
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+EXCLUDE                = 
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = 
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = 
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+IMAGE_PATH             = 
+INPUT_FILTER           = 
+FILTER_PATTERNS        = 
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = 
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = YES
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+IGNORE_PREFIX          = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to disabled outputs
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = NO
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+GENERATE_XML           = YES
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+INCLUDE_PATH           = 
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 
+PREDEFINED             = 
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = 
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TAGFILES               = 
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+MSCGEN_PATH            = 
+DIA_PATH               = 
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+DOT_FONTPATH           = 
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+DOT_PATH               = 
+DOTFILE_DIRS           = 
+MSCFILE_DIRS           = 
+DIAFILE_DIRS           = 
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      = 
+PLANTUML_CFG_FILE      = 
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  = 
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 0
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+                            NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.

Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,601 @@
+ifndef VERBOSE
+.SILENT:
+endif
+
+# Never run this makefile in parallel, as it could screw things up
+# It won't affect the submakes, so you still get the speedup from specifying -jx
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+# Allow the silent with lower caps to work the same way as upper caps
+ifdef silent
+    SILENT = $(silent)
+endif
+
+ifdef SILENT
+    SUB_IS_SILENT := $(SILENT)
+endif
+
+# We need to make sure that silent is always turned off at the top level
+# Otherwise the [OK], [ERROR] and [WARN] messages won't be displayed correctly
+override SILENT := false
+
+ifndef SUB_IS_SILENT
+QMK_VERSION := $(shell git describe --abbrev=0 --tags 2>/dev/null)
+ifneq ($(QMK_VERSION),)
+$(info QMK Firmware $(QMK_VERSION))
+endif
+endif
+
+ON_ERROR := error_occurred=1
+
+BREAK_ON_ERRORS = no
+
+STARTING_MAKEFILE := $(firstword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))
+ROOT_MAKEFILE := $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))
+ROOT_DIR := $(dir $(ROOT_MAKEFILE))
+ifeq ($(ROOT_DIR),)
+    ROOT_DIR := .
+endif
+ABS_STARTING_MAKEFILE := $(abspath $(STARTING_MAKEFILE))
+ABS_ROOT_MAKEFILE := $(abspath $(ROOT_MAKEFILE))
+ABS_STARTING_DIR := $(dir $(ABS_STARTING_MAKEFILE))
+ABS_ROOT_DIR := $(dir $(ABS_ROOT_MAKEFILE))
+STARTING_DIR := $(subst $(ABS_ROOT_DIR),,$(ABS_STARTING_DIR))
+BUILD_DIR := $(ROOT_DIR)/.build
+TEST_DIR := $(BUILD_DIR)/test
+ERROR_FILE := $(BUILD_DIR)/error_occurred
+
+MAKEFILE_INCLUDED=yes
+
+# Helper function to process the newt element of a space separated path
+# It works a bit like the traditional functional head tail
+# so the CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT will become the new head
+# and the PATH_ELEMENTS are the rest that are still unprocessed
+define NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT
+    $$(eval CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT := $$(firstword  $$(PATH_ELEMENTS)))
+    $$(eval PATH_ELEMENTS := $$(wordlist  2,9999,$$(PATH_ELEMENTS)))
+endef
+
+# We change the / to spaces so that we more easily can work with the elements
+# separately
+PATH_ELEMENTS := $(subst /, ,$(STARTING_DIR))
+# Initialize the path elements list for further processing
+$(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+
+# This function sets the KEYBOARD; KEYMAP and SUBPROJECT to the correct
+# variables depending on which directory you stand in.
+# It's really a very simple if else chain, if you squint enough,
+# but the makefile syntax makes it very verbose.
+# If we are in a subfolder of keyboards
+#
+# *** No longer needed **
+#
+# ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keyboards)
+#     $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#     KEYBOARD := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
+#     $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#     # If we are in a subfolder of keymaps, or in other words in a keymap
+#     # folder
+#     ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keymaps)
+#         $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#         KEYMAP := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
+#      # else if we are not in the keyboard folder itself
+#     else ifneq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),)
+#         # the we can assume it's a subproject, as no other folders
+#         # should have make files in them
+#         SUBPROJECT := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
+#         $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#         # if we are inside a keymap folder of a subproject
+#         ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keymaps)
+#             $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#             KEYMAP := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
+#         endif
+#     endif
+# endif
+
+define GET_KEYBOARDS
+    All_RULES_MK := $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/rules.mk))
+    All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/rules.mk))
+    All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/rules.mk))
+    All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/*/rules.mk))
+
+    KEYMAPS_MK := $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
+    KEYMAPS_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
+    KEYMAPS_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
+    KEYMAPS_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
+
+    KEYBOARDS := $$(sort $$(filter-out $$(KEYMAPS_MK), $$(All_RULES_MK)))
+endef
+
+$(eval $(call GET_KEYBOARDS))
+
+# Only consider folders with makefiles, to prevent errors in case there are extra folders
+#KEYBOARDS += $(patsubst $(ROOD_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/rules.mk))
+
+list-keyboards:
+	echo $(KEYBOARDS)
+	exit 0
+
+define PRINT_KEYBOARD
+	$(info $(PRINTING_KEYBOARD))
+endef
+
+generate-keyboards-file:
+	$(foreach PRINTING_KEYBOARD,$(KEYBOARDS),$(eval $(call PRINT_KEYBOARD)))
+	exit 0
+
+clean:
+	echo -n 'Deleting .build ... '
+	rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR)
+	echo 'done'
+	exit 0
+
+#Compatibility with the old make variables, anything you specify directly on the command line
+# always overrides the detected folders
+ifdef keyboard
+    KEYBOARD := $(keyboard)
+endif
+ifdef keymap
+    KEYMAP := $(keymap)
+endif
+
+# Uncomment these for debugging
+# $(info Keyboard: $(KEYBOARD))
+# $(info Keymap: $(KEYMAP))
+# $(info Subproject: $(SUBPROJECT))
+# $(info Keyboards: $(KEYBOARDS))
+
+
+# Set the default goal depending on where we are running make from
+# this handles the case where you run make without any arguments
+.DEFAULT_GOAL := all:all
+ifneq ($(KEYMAP),)
+    .DEFAULT_GOAL := $(KEYBOARD):$(KEYMAP)
+else ifneq ($(KEYBOARD),)
+     # Inside a keyboard folder, build all keymaps for all subprojects
+     # Note that this is different from the old behaviour, which would
+     # build only the default keymap of the default keyboard
+    .DEFAULT_GOAL := $(KEYBOARD):all
+endif
+
+
+# Compare the start of the RULE variable with the first argument($1)
+# If the rules equals $1 or starts with $1:, RULE_FOUND is set to true
+#     and $1 is removed from the RULE variable
+# Otherwise the RULE_FOUND variable is set to false, and RULE left as it was
+# The function is a bit tricky, since there's no built in $(startswith) function
+define COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE_HELPER
+    ifeq ($1,$$(RULE))
+        RULE:=
+        RULE_FOUND := true
+    else
+        STARTCOLON_REMOVED=$$(subst START$1:,,START$$(RULE))
+        ifneq ($$(STARTCOLON_REMOVED),START$$(RULE))
+            RULE_FOUND := true
+            RULE := $$(STARTCOLON_REMOVED)
+        else
+            RULE_FOUND := false
+        endif
+    endif
+endef
+
+# This makes it easier to call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE, since it makes it behave like
+# a function that returns the value
+COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE = $(eval $(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE_HELPER,$1))$(RULE_FOUND)
+
+
+# Recursively try to find a match for the start of the rule to be checked
+# $1 The list to be checked
+# If a match is found, then RULE_FOUND is set to true
+# and MATCHED_ITEM to the item that was matched
+define TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST_HELPER3
+    ifneq ($1,)
+        ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,$$(firstword $1)),true)
+            MATCHED_ITEM := $$(firstword $1)
+        else
+            $$(eval $$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST_HELPER3,$$(wordlist 2,9999,$1)))
+        endif
+    endif
+endef
+
+# A recursive helper function for finding the longest match
+# $1 The list to be checked
+# It works by always removing the currently matched item from the list
+# and call itself recursively, until a match is found
+define TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST_HELPER2
+    # Stop the recursion when the list is empty
+    ifneq ($1,)
+        RULE_BEFORE := $$(RULE)
+        $$(eval $$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST_HELPER3,$1))
+        # If a match is found in the current list, otherwise just return what we had before
+        ifeq ($$(RULE_FOUND),true)
+            # Save the best match so far and call itself recursively
+            BEST_MATCH := $$(MATCHED_ITEM)
+            BEST_MATCH_RULE := $$(RULE)
+            RULE_FOUND := false
+            RULE := $$(RULE_BEFORE)
+            $$(eval $$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST_HELPER2,$$(filter-out $$(MATCHED_ITEM),$1)))
+        endif
+     endif
+endef
+
+
+# Recursively try to find the longest match for the start of the rule to be checked
+# $1 The list to be checked
+# If a match is found, then RULE_FOUND is set to true
+# and MATCHED_ITEM to the item that was matched
+define TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST_HELPER
+    BEST_MATCH :=
+    $$(eval $$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST_HELPER2,$1))
+    ifneq ($$(BEST_MATCH),)
+        RULE_FOUND := true
+        RULE := $$(BEST_MATCH_RULE)
+        MATCHED_ITEM := $$(BEST_MATCH)
+    else
+        RULE_FOUND := false
+        MATCHED_ITEM :=
+    endif
+endef
+
+# Make it easier to call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST
+TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST = $(eval $(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST_HELPER,$1))$(RULE_FOUND)
+
+define ALL_IN_LIST_LOOP
+    OLD_RULE$1 := $$(RULE)
+    $$(eval $$(call $1,$$(ITEM$1)))
+    RULE := $$(OLD_RULE$1)
+endef
+
+define PARSE_ALL_IN_LIST
+    $$(foreach ITEM$1,$2,$$(eval $$(call ALL_IN_LIST_LOOP,$1)))
+endef
+
+# The entry point for rule parsing
+# parses a rule in the format <keyboard>:<keymap>:<target>
+# but this particular function only deals with the first <keyboard> part
+define PARSE_RULE
+    RULE := $1
+    COMMANDS :=
+    # If the rule starts with all, then continue the parsing from
+    # PARSE_ALL_KEYBOARDS
+    ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,all),true)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYBOARDS))
+    else ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,test),true)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_TEST))
+    # If the rule starts with the name of a known keyboard, then continue
+    # the parsing from PARSE_KEYBOARD
+    else ifeq ($$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST,$$(KEYBOARDS)),true)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYBOARD,$$(MATCHED_ITEM)))
+    # Otherwise use the KEYBOARD variable, which is determined either by
+    # the current directory you run make from, or passed in as an argument
+    else ifneq ($$(KEYBOARD),)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYBOARD,$$(KEYBOARD)))
+    else
+        $$(info make: *** No rule to make target '$1'. Stop.)
+        $$(info |)
+        $$(info |  QMK's make format recently changed to use folder locations and colons:)
+        $$(info |     make project_folder:keymap[:target])
+        $$(info |  Examples:)
+        $$(info |     make planck/rev4:default:dfu)
+        $$(info |     make planck:default)
+        $$(info |)
+    endif
+endef
+
+# $1 = Keyboard
+# Parses a rule in the format <keymap>:<target>
+# the keyboard is already known when entering this function
+define PARSE_KEYBOARD
+    # If we want to compile the default subproject, then we need to
+    # include the correct makefile to determine the actual name of it
+    CURRENT_KB := $1
+
+    # KEYBOARD_FOLDERS := $$(subst /, , $(CURRENT_KB))
+
+    DEFAULT_FOLDER := $$(CURRENT_KB)
+
+    # We assume that every rules.mk will contain the full default value
+    $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(CURRENT_KB)/rules.mk)
+    ifneq ($$(DEFAULT_FOLDER),$$(CURRENT_KB))
+        $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(DEFAULT_FOLDER)/rules.mk)
+    endif
+    CURRENT_KB := $$(DEFAULT_FOLDER)
+
+    # 5/4/3/2/1
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1 := $$(CURRENT_KB)
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)))
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
+
+    KEYMAPS :=
+    # get a list of all keymaps
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    # this might be needed, but in a different form
+    #KEYMAPS := $$(sort $$(filter-out $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1) $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2) \
+        $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3) $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4) $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5), $$(KEYMAPS)))
+
+    KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS :=
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+
+    LAYOUT_KEYMAPS :=
+    $$(foreach LAYOUT,$$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS),$$(eval LAYOUT_KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/layouts/*/$$(LAYOUT)/*/.)))))
+
+    KEYMAPS := $$(sort $$(KEYMAPS) $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAPS))
+
+    # if the rule after removing the start of it is empty (we haven't specified a kemap or target)
+    # compile all the keymaps
+    ifeq ($$(RULE),)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
+    # The same if all was specified
+    else ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,all),true)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
+    # Try to match the specified keyamp with the list of known keymaps
+    else ifeq ($$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST,$$(KEYMAPS)),true)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYMAP,$$(MATCHED_ITEM)))
+    # Otherwise try to match the keymap from the current folder, or arguments to the make command
+    else ifneq ($$(KEYMAP),)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYMAP,$$(KEYMAP)))
+    # Otherwise, make all keymaps, again this is consistent with how it works without
+    # any arguments
+    else
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
+    endif
+endef
+
+# if we are going to compile all keyboards, match the rest of the rule
+# for each of them
+define PARSE_ALL_KEYBOARDS
+    $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_IN_LIST,PARSE_KEYBOARD,$(KEYBOARDS)))
+endef
+
+# $1 Subproject
+# When entering this, the keyboard and subproject are known, so now we need
+# to determine which keymaps are going to get compiled
+# define PARSE_SUBPROJECT
+
+# endef
+
+# If we want to parse all subprojects, but the keyboard doesn't have any,
+# then use defaultsp instead
+# define PARSE_ALL_SUBPROJECTS
+#     ifeq ($$(SUBPROJECTS),)
+#         $$(eval $$(call PARSE_SUBPROJECT,defaultsp))
+#     else
+#         $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_IN_LIST,PARSE_SUBPROJECT,$$(SUBPROJECTS)))
+#     endif
+# endef
+
+# $1 Keymap
+# This is the meat of compiling a keyboard, when entering this, everything is known
+# keyboard, subproject, and keymap
+# Note that we are not directly calling the command here, but instead building a list,
+# which will later be processed
+define PARSE_KEYMAP
+    CURRENT_KM = $1
+    # The rest of the rule is the target
+    # Remove the leading ":" from the target, as it acts as a separator
+    MAKE_TARGET := $$(patsubst :%,%,$$(RULE))
+    # We need to generate an unique indentifer to append to the COMMANDS list
+    CURRENT_KB_UNDER := $$(subst /,_,$$(CURRENT_KB))
+    COMMAND := COMMAND_KEYBOARD_$$(CURRENT_KB_UNDER)_KEYMAP_$$(CURRENT_KM)
+    # If we are compiling a keyboard without a subproject, we want to display just the name
+    # of the keyboard, otherwise keyboard/subproject
+    KB_SP := $$(CURRENT_KB)
+    # Format it in bold
+    KB_SP := $(BOLD)$$(KB_SP)$(NO_COLOR)
+    # Specify the variables that we are passing forward to submake
+    MAKE_VARS := KEYBOARD=$$(CURRENT_KB) KEYMAP=$$(CURRENT_KM)
+    # And the first part of the make command
+    MAKE_CMD := $$(MAKE) -r -R -C $(ROOT_DIR) -f build_keyboard.mk $$(MAKE_TARGET)
+    # The message to display
+    MAKE_MSG := $$(MSG_MAKE_KB)
+    # We run the command differently, depending on if we want more output or not
+    # The true version for silent output and the false version otherwise
+    $$(eval $$(call BUILD))
+endef
+
+define BUILD
+    MAKE_VARS += VERBOSE=$(VERBOSE) COLOR=$(COLOR)
+    COMMANDS += $$(COMMAND)
+    COMMAND_true_$$(COMMAND) := \
+        printf "$$(MAKE_MSG)" | \
+        $$(MAKE_MSG_FORMAT); \
+        LOG=$$$$($$(MAKE_CMD) $$(MAKE_VARS) SILENT=true 2>&1) ; \
+        if [ $$$$? -gt 0 ]; \
+            then $$(PRINT_ERROR_PLAIN); \
+        elif [ "$$$$LOG" != "" ] ; \
+            then $$(PRINT_WARNING_PLAIN); \
+        else \
+            $$(PRINT_OK); \
+        fi;
+    COMMAND_false_$$(COMMAND) := \
+        printf "$$(MAKE_MSG)\n\n"; \
+        $$(MAKE_CMD) $$(MAKE_VARS) SILENT=false; \
+        if [ $$$$? -gt 0 ]; \
+            then error_occurred=1; \
+        fi;
+endef
+
+# Just parse all the keymaps for a specific keyboard
+define PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS
+    $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_IN_LIST,PARSE_KEYMAP,$$(KEYMAPS)))
+endef
+
+define BUILD_TEST
+    TEST_NAME := $1
+    MAKE_TARGET := $2
+    COMMAND := $1
+    MAKE_CMD := $$(MAKE) -r -R -C $(ROOT_DIR) -f build_test.mk $$(MAKE_TARGET)
+    MAKE_VARS := TEST=$$(TEST_NAME) FULL_TESTS="$$(FULL_TESTS)"
+    MAKE_MSG := $$(MSG_MAKE_TEST)
+    $$(eval $$(call BUILD))
+    ifneq ($$(MAKE_TARGET),clean)
+        TEST_EXECUTABLE := $$(TEST_DIR)/$$(TEST_NAME).elf
+        TESTS += $$(TEST_NAME)
+        TEST_MSG := $$(MSG_TEST)
+        $$(TEST_NAME)_COMMAND := \
+            printf "$$(TEST_MSG)\n"; \
+            $$(TEST_EXECUTABLE); \
+            if [ $$$$? -gt 0 ]; \
+                then error_occurred=1; \
+            fi; \
+            printf "\n";
+    endif
+endef
+
+define PARSE_TEST
+    TESTS :=
+    TEST_NAME := $$(firstword $$(subst :, ,$$(RULE)))
+    TEST_TARGET := $$(subst $$(TEST_NAME),,$$(subst $$(TEST_NAME):,,$$(RULE)))
+    ifeq ($$(TEST_NAME),all)
+        MATCHED_TESTS := $$(TEST_LIST)
+    else
+        MATCHED_TESTS := $$(foreach TEST,$$(TEST_LIST),$$(if $$(findstring $$(TEST_NAME),$$(TEST)),$$(TEST),))
+    endif
+    $$(foreach TEST,$$(MATCHED_TESTS),$$(eval $$(call BUILD_TEST,$$(TEST),$$(TEST_TARGET))))
+endef
+
+
+# Set the silent mode depending on if we are trying to compile multiple keyboards or not
+# By default it's on in that case, but it can be overridden by specifying silent=false
+# from the command line
+define SET_SILENT_MODE
+    ifdef SUB_IS_SILENT
+        SILENT_MODE := $(SUB_IS_SILENT)
+    else ifeq ($$(words $$(COMMANDS)),1)
+        SILENT_MODE := false
+    else
+        SILENT_MODE := true
+    endif
+endef
+
+include $(ROOT_DIR)/message.mk
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(BREAK_ON_ERRORS)), yes)
+HANDLE_ERROR = exit 1
+else
+HANDLE_ERROR = echo $$error_occurred > $(ERROR_FILE)
+endif
+
+# The empty line is important here, as it will force a new shell to be created for each command
+# Otherwise the command line will become too long with a lot of keyboards and keymaps
+define RUN_COMMAND
++error_occurred=0;\
+$(COMMAND_$(SILENT_MODE)_$(COMMAND))\
+if [ $$error_occurred -gt 0 ]; then $(HANDLE_ERROR); fi;
+
+
+endef
+define RUN_TEST
++error_occurred=0;\
+$($(TEST)_COMMAND)\
+if [ $$error_occurred -gt 0 ]; then $(HANDLE_ERROR); fi;
+
+
+endef
+
+# Let's match everything, we handle all the rule parsing ourselves
+.PHONY: %
+%:
+	# Check if we have the CMP tool installed
+	cmp $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile >/dev/null 2>&1; if [ $$? -gt 0 ]; then printf "$(MSG_NO_CMP)"; exit 1; fi;
+	# Check if the submodules are dirty, and display a warning if they are
+ifndef SKIP_GIT
+	if [ ! -e lib/chibios ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios && git submodule update --init lib/chibios; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/chibios-contrib ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios-contrib && git submodule update --init lib/chibios-contrib; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/ugfx ]; then git submodule sync lib/ugfx && git submodule update --init lib/ugfx; fi
+	git submodule status --recursive 2>/dev/null | \
+	while IFS= read -r x; do \
+		case "$$x" in \
+			\ *) ;; \
+			*) printf "$(MSG_SUBMODULE_DIRTY)";break;; \
+		esac \
+	done
+endif
+	rm -f $(ERROR_FILE) > /dev/null 2>&1
+	$(eval $(call PARSE_RULE,$@))
+	$(eval $(call SET_SILENT_MODE))
+	# Run all the commands in the same shell, notice the + at the first line
+	# it has to be there to allow parallel execution of the submake
+	# This always tries to compile everything, even if error occurs in the middle
+	# But we return the error code at the end, to trigger travis failures
+	$(foreach COMMAND,$(COMMANDS),$(RUN_COMMAND))
+	if [ -f $(ERROR_FILE) ]; then printf "$(MSG_ERRORS)" & exit 1; fi;
+	$(foreach TEST,$(TESTS),$(RUN_TEST))
+	if [ -f $(ERROR_FILE) ]; then printf "$(MSG_ERRORS)" & exit 1; fi;
+
+# These no longer work because of the colon system
+
+# All should compile everything
+# .PHONY: all
+# all: all-keyboards test-all
+
+# Define some shortcuts, mostly for compatibility with the old syntax
+# .PHONY: all-keyboards
+# all-keyboards: all\:all\:all
+
+# .PHONY: all-keyboards-defaults
+# all-keyboards-defaults: all\:default
+
+# .PHONY: test
+# test: test-all
+
+# .PHONY: test-clean
+# test-clean: test-all-clean
+
+lib/%:
+	git submodule sync $?
+	git submodule update --init $?
+
+git-submodule:
+	git submodule sync --recursive
+	git submodule update --init --recursive --progress
+
+ifdef SKIP_VERSION
+SKIP_GIT := yes
+endif
+
+# Generate the version.h file
+ifndef SKIP_GIT
+    GIT_VERSION := $(shell git describe --abbrev=6 --dirty --always --tags 2>/dev/null || date +"%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S")
+else
+    GIT_VERSION := NA
+endif
+ifndef SKIP_VERSION
+BUILD_DATE := $(shell date +"%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S")
+$(shell echo '#define QMK_VERSION "$(GIT_VERSION)"' > $(ROOT_DIR)/quantum/version.h)
+$(shell echo '#define QMK_BUILDDATE "$(BUILD_DATE)"' >> $(ROOT_DIR)/quantum/version.h)
+else
+BUILD_DATE := NA
+endif
+
+include $(ROOT_DIR)/testlist.mk

Vagrantfile

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# -*- mode: ruby -*-
+# vi: set ft=ruby :
+
+Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
+  # VMware/Virtualbox 64 bit
+  config.vm.box = "phusion/ubuntu-14.04-amd64"
+
+  # This section allows you to customize the Virtualbox VM
+  # settings, ie showing the GUI or upping the memory
+  # or cores if desired
+  config.vm.provider "virtualbox" do |vb|
+    # Hide the VirtualBox GUI when booting the machine
+    vb.gui = false
+    # Uncomment the below lines if you want to program
+    # your Teensy via the VM rather than your host OS
+    #vb.customize ['modifyvm', :id, '--usb', 'on']
+    #vb.customize ['usbfilter', 'add', '0',
+    #    	  '--target', :id,
+    #    	  '--name', 'teensy',
+    #    	  '--vendorid', '0x16c0',
+    #    	  '--productid','0x0478'
+    #		 ]
+    # Customize the amount of memory on the VM:
+    vb.memory = "512"
+  end
+
+  # This section allows you to customize the VMware VM
+  # settings, ie showing the GUI or upping the memory
+  # or cores if desired
+  config.vm.provider "vmware_workstation" do |vmw|
+    # Hide the VMware GUI when booting the machine
+    vmw.gui = false
+
+    # Customize the amount of memory on the VM:
+    vmw.memory = "512"
+  end
+
+  config.vm.provider "vmware_fusion" do |vmf|
+    # Hide the vmfare GUI when booting the machine
+    vmf.gui = false
+
+    # Customize the amount of memory on the VM:
+    vmf.memory = "512"
+  end
+
+  # Docker provider pulls from hub.docker.com respecting docker.image if
+  # config.vm.box is nil. Note that this bind-mounts from the current dir to
+  # /vagrant in the guest, so unless your UID is 1000 to match vagrant in the
+  # image, you'll need to: chmod -R a+rw .
+  config.vm.provider "docker" do |docker, override|
+    override.vm.box = nil
+    docker.image = "jesselang/debian-vagrant:jessie"
+    docker.has_ssh = true
+  end
+
+  # This script ensures the required packages for AVR programming are installed
+  # It also ensures the system always gets the latest updates when powered on
+  # If this causes issues you can run a 'vagrant destroy' and then
+  # add a # before ,args: and run 'vagrant up' to get a working
+  # non-updated box and then attempt to troubleshoot or open a Github issue
+
+  config.vm.provision "shell", run: "always", path: "./util/qmk_install.sh", args: "-update"
+
+  config.vm.post_up_message = <<-EOT
+
+  Log into the VM using 'vagrant ssh'. QMK directory synchronized with host is
+  located at /vagrant
+  To compile the .hex files use make command inside this directory.
+
+  QMK's make format recently changed to use folder locations and colons:
+     make project_folder:keymap[:target]
+  Examples:
+     make planck/rev4:default:dfu
+     make planck:default
+
+  EOT
+end

autocomplete.sh

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+complete -W " 9key-default alps64-default amj40-default amj40-fabian amj60-default_60_ansi amj60-iso_split_rshift amj60-maximized amjpad-default amjpad-max amjpad-ortho_left amjpad-ortho_right atomic-default atomic-default_ortho_5x15 atomic-pvc atreus-alphadox atreus-classic atreus-default atreus-erlandsona atreus-gerb atreus-jeremy atreus-replicaJunction atreus-xyverz atreus62-atreus52 atreus62-default atreus62-mneme atreus62-xyverz bananasplit-0010 bananasplit-coloneljesus bananasplit-default bananasplit-hhkbanana bananasplit-nic bananasplit-rask bantam44-default chibios_test-default clueboard-bloodlvst clueboard-caps_fn clueboard-colemak clueboard-default clueboard-jokrik clueboard-mac_optimized clueboard-magicmonty clueboard-maximised clueboard-mouse_keys clueboard-serubin clueboard-shift_fn clueboard-skully clueboard-smt clueboard-tetris clueboard-unix_optimized clueboard-win_optimized clueboard-xyverz cluecard-default cluecard-rgb_effects cluepad-default deltasplit75-default deltasplit75-itsaferbie deltasplit75-protosplit dk60-default eco-default eco-that_canadian ergodone-333fred ergodone-ab ergodone-absenth ergodone-adam ergodone-adnw_k_o_y ergodone-albert ergodone-alexjj ergodone-algernon ergodone-alphadox ergodone-andrew_osx ergodone-belak ergodone-bepo ergodone-bepo_csa ergodone-bryan ergodone-coderkun_neo2 ergodone-colemak ergodone-colemak_osx_pc_no ergodone-colemak_programmer ergodone-common_nighthawk ergodone-csharp_dev ergodone-dave ergodone-deadcyclo ergodone-default ergodone-default_ergodox ergodone-dragon788 ergodone-dvorak ergodone-dvorak_emacs ergodone-dvorak_emacs_software ergodone-dvorak_intl_squisher ergodone-dvorak_plover ergodone-dvorak_programmer ergodone-dvorak_programmer_swe ergodone-dvorak_spanish ergodone-emacs_osx_dk ergodone-erez_experimental ergodone-familiar ergodone-french_hacker ergodone-galson ergodone-german ergodone-german-kinergo ergodone-german-lukas ergodone-german-manuneo ergodone-guni ergodone-ishigoya-jp ergodone-italian ergodone-j3rn ergodone-jack ergodone-jacobono ergodone-jafo ergodone-jgarr ergodone-josh ergodone-kastyle ergodone-kines-ish ergodone-kristian ergodone-maz ergodone-mclennon_osx ergodone-mpiechotka ergodone-msc ergodone-naps62 ergodone-neo2_on_qwertz_hardware ergodone-norwegian_programmer_osx_pc ergodone-norwegian_programmer_osx_pc_colemak ergodone-ordinary ergodone-osx_de ergodone-osx_de_adnw_koy ergodone-osx_de_experimental ergodone-osx_fr ergodone-osx_kinesis_pnut ergodone-osx_whiskey_tango_foxtrot_capslock ergodone-phoenix ergodone-plover ergodone-plums ergodone-pvinis ergodone-replicaJunction ergodone-reset_eeprom ergodone-robot_test_layout ergodone-romanzolotarev-norman-osx ergodone-romanzolotarev-norman-plover-osx ergodone-romanzolotarev-norman-plover-osx-hjkl ergodone-romanzolotarev-norman-qwerty-osx ergodone-sethbc ergodone-siroken3 ergodone-sneako ergodone-software_neo2 ergodone-supercoder ergodone-swedish ergodone-swedish-lindhe ergodone-swissgerman ergodone-techtomas ergodone-teckinesis ergodone-tkuichooseyou ergodone-tm2030 ergodone-tonyabra_osx ergodone-townk_osx ergodone-twentylives_dvorak_with_hebrew ergodone-twey ergodone-videck ergodone-win10_writers-block ergodone-workman_osx_mdw ergodone-xyverz ergodone-yoruian ergodone-zweihander-osx ergodox_ez-333fred ergodox_ez-ab ergodox_ez-absenth ergodox_ez-adam ergodox_ez-adnw_k_o_y ergodox_ez-albert ergodox_ez-alexjj ergodox_ez-algernon ergodox_ez-alphadox ergodox_ez-andrew_osx ergodox_ez-belak ergodox_ez-bepo ergodox_ez-bepo_csa ergodox_ez-blakedietz ergodox_ez-bryan ergodox_ez-coderkun_neo2 ergodox_ez-colemak ergodox_ez-colemak_osx_pc_no ergodox_ez-colemak_programmer ergodox_ez-common_nighthawk ergodox_ez-csharp_dev ergodox_ez-dave ergodox_ez-deadcyclo ergodox_ez-default ergodox_ez-default_ergodox ergodox_ez-default_osx ergodox_ez-dragon788 ergodox_ez-drashna ergodox_ez-drashna-custom ergodox_ez-dvorak ergodox_ez-dvorak_emacs ergodox_ez-dvorak_emacs_software ergodox_ez-dvorak_intl_squisher ergodox_ez-dvorak_plover ergodox_ez-dvorak_programmer ergodox_ez-dvorak_programmer_swe ergodox_ez-dvorak_spanish ergodox_ez-emacs_osx_dk ergodox_ez-erez_experimental ergodox_ez-familiar ergodox_ez-french_hacker ergodox_ez-galson ergodox_ez-german ergodox_ez-german-kinergo ergodox_ez-german-lukas ergodox_ez-german-manuneo ergodox_ez-guni ergodox_ez-ishigoya-jp ergodox_ez-italian ergodox_ez-j3rn ergodox_ez-jack ergodox_ez-jacobono ergodox_ez-jafo ergodox_ez-jgarr ergodox_ez-josh ergodox_ez-kastyle ergodox_ez-kines-ish ergodox_ez-kristian ergodox_ez-maz ergodox_ez-mclennon_osx ergodox_ez-mpiechotka ergodox_ez-msc ergodox_ez-naps62 ergodox_ez-neo2_on_qwertz_hardware ergodox_ez-norwegian_programmer_osx_pc ergodox_ez-norwegian_programmer_osx_pc_colemak ergodox_ez-ordinary ergodox_ez-osx_de ergodox_ez-osx_de_adnw_koy ergodox_ez-osx_de_experimental ergodox_ez-osx_fr ergodox_ez-osx_kinesis_pnut ergodox_ez-osx_whiskey_tango_foxtrot_capslock ergodox_ez-phoenix ergodox_ez-plover ergodox_ez-plums ergodox_ez-prLine truncated

book.json

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+{
+    "structure": {
+        "summary": "_summary.md"
+    },
+    "plugins" : [
+      "edit-link",
+      "forkmegithub",
+      "hints",
+      "page-toc",
+      "terminal",
+      "toolbar",
+      "bulk-redirect"
+    ],
+    "pluginsConfig": {
+      "edit-link": {
+        "base": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/edit/master/docs",
+        "label": "Suggest an edit"
+      },
+      "forkmegithub": {
+        "color": "red",
+        "url": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware"
+      },
+      "page-toc": {
+        "selector": ".markdown-section h1, .markdown-section h2"
+      },
+      "terminal": {
+        "copyButtons": true,
+        "fade": false,
+        "style": "flat"
+      },
+      "toolbar": {
+        "buttons": [
+          {
+            "label": "QMK Firmware",
+            "icon": "fa fa-github",
+            "url": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware"
+          }
+        ]
+      }, 
+      "bulk-redirect": {
+          "basepath": "/",
+          "redirectsFile": "docs/redirects.json"
+      }
+    },
+    "root": "./docs/"
+}

bootloader.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Jack Humbert
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# If it's possible that multiple bootloaders can be used for one project,
+# you can leave this unset, and the correct size will be selected
+# automatically.
+#
+# Sets the bootloader defined in the keyboard's/keymap's rules.mk
+# Current options:
+#   atmel-dfu
+#   lufa-dfu
+#   qmk-dfu
+#   halfkay
+#   caterina
+#   bootloadHID
+#
+# BOOTLOADER_SIZE can still be defined manually, but it's recommended
+# you add any possible configuration to this list
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), atmel-dfu)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_ATMEL_DFU
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+    endif
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 8192
+    endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), lufa-dfu)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_LUFA_DFU
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+    endif
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 8192
+    endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), qmk-dfu)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_QMK_DFU
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+    endif
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 8192
+    endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), halfkay)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_HALFKAY
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 512
+    endif
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 1024
+    endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), caterina)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_CATERINA
+    BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), bootloadHID)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_BOOTLOADHID
+    BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+endif
+
+ifdef BOOTLOADER_SIZE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=$(strip $(BOOTLOADER_SIZE))
+endif

build_full_test.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol.mk
+
+TEST_PATH=tests/$(TEST)
+
+$(TEST)_SRC= \
+	$(TEST_PATH)/keymap.c \
+	$(TMK_COMMON_SRC) \
+	$(QUANTUM_SRC) \
+	$(SRC) \
+	tests/test_common/matrix.c \
+	tests/test_common/test_driver.cpp \
+	tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.cpp \
+	tests/test_common/test_fixture.cpp
+$(TEST)_SRC += $(patsubst $(ROOTDIR)/%,%,$(wildcard $(TEST_PATH)/*.cpp))
+
+$(TEST)_DEFS=$(TMK_COMMON_DEFS) $(OPT_DEFS)
+$(TEST)_CONFIG=$(TEST_PATH)/config.h
+VPATH+=$(TOP_DIR)/tests/test_common

build_keyboard.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+# Determine what keyboard we are building and setup the build environment.
+#
+# We support folders up to 5 levels deep below `keyboards/`. This file is
+# responsible for determining which folder is being used and doing the
+# corresponding environment setup.
+
+ifndef VERBOSE
+.SILENT:
+endif
+
+.DEFAULT_GOAL := all
+
+include common.mk
+
+# Set the filename for the final firmware binary
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE := $(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD))
+TARGET ?= $(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE)_$(KEYMAP)
+KEYBOARD_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE)
+STM32_PATH := quantum/stm32
+
+# Force expansion
+TARGET := $(TARGET)
+
+# For split boards we need to set a master half.
+MASTER ?= left
+ifdef master
+    MASTER = $(master)
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(MASTER),right)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMASTER_IS_ON_RIGHT
+else
+    ifneq ($(MASTER),left)
+$(error MASTER does not have a valid value(left/right))
+    endif
+endif
+
+# Determine which subfolders exist.
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1 := $(KEYBOARD)
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5))
+KEYBOARD_PATHS :=
+KEYBOARD_PATH_1 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)
+KEYBOARD_PATH_2 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)
+KEYBOARD_PATH_3 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)
+KEYBOARD_PATH_4 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)
+KEYBOARD_PATH_5 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)
+
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)
+endif
+
+
+# Pull in rules.mk files from all our subfolders
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/rules.mk
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/rules.mk
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/rules.mk
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/rules.mk
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/rules.mk
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(PROTON)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DPROTON_CONVERSION
+    include $(STM32_PATH)/proton_c.mk
+endif
+
+include quantum/mcu_selection.mk
+
+ifdef MCU_FAMILY
+    OPT_DEFS += -DQMK_STM32
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(STM32_PATH)
+endif
+
+
+# Find all the C source files to be compiled in subfolders.
+KEYBOARD_SRC :=
+
+KEYBOARD_C_1 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).c
+KEYBOARD_C_2 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2).c
+KEYBOARD_C_3 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3).c
+KEYBOARD_C_4 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4).c
+KEYBOARD_C_5 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5).c
+
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_5))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_5)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_4))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_4)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_3))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_3)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_2))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_2)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_1))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_1)
+endif
+
+# Generate KEYBOARD_name_subname for all levels of the keyboard folder
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_1 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)))
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_2 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_3 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_4 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_5 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)))
+
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_5)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_4)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_3)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_2)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_1)
+endif
+
+# Setup the define for QMK_KEYBOARD_H. This is used inside of keymaps so
+# that the same keymap may be used on multiple keyboards.
+#
+# We grab the most top-level include file that we can. That file should
+# use #ifdef statements to include all the neccesary subfolder includes,
+# as described here:
+#
+#    https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_layouts?id=tips-for-making-layouts-keyboard-agnostic
+#
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2).h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3).h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4).h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5).h
+endif
+
+# Determine and set parameters based on the keyboard's processor family.
+# We can assume a ChibiOS target When MCU_FAMILY is defined since it's
+# not used for LUFA
+ifdef MCU_FAMILY
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT?=bin
+    PLATFORM=CHIBIOS
+else ifdef ARM_ATSAM
+    PLATFORM=ARM_ATSAM
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT=bin
+else
+    PLATFORM=AVR
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT?=hex
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),CHIBIOS)
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/chibios.mk
+    OPT_OS = chibios
+    ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(TOP_DIR)/drivers/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(TOP_DIR)/drivers/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    endif
+endif
+
+# Find all of the config.h files and add them to our CONFIG_H define.
+CONFIG_H :=
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h
+endif
+
+# Save the defines and includes here, so we don't include any keymap specific ones
+PROJECT_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS)
+PROJECT_INC := $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS) $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
+PROJECT_CONFIG := $(CONFIG_H)
+
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)
+else ifneq ($(LAYOUTS),)
+    include build_layout.mk
+else
+    $(error Could not find keymap)
+    # this state should never be reached
+endif
+
+# Userspace setup and definitions
+ifeq ("$(USER_NAME)","")
+    USER_NAME := $(KEYMAP)
+endif
+USER_PATH := users/$(USER_NAME)
+
+-include $(USER_PATH)/rules.mk
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(USER_PATH)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(USER_PATH)/config.h
+endif
+
+
+# Object files directory
+#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
+#     this an empty or blank macro!
+KEYMAP_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(TARGET)
+
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h
+endif
+
+# # project specific files
+SRC += $(KEYBOARD_SRC) \
+    $(KEYMAP_C) \
+    $(QUANTUM_SRC)
+
+# Optimize size but this may cause error "relocation truncated to fit"
+#EXTRALDFLAGS = -Wl,--relax
+
+# Search Path
+VPATH += $(KEYMAP_PATH)
+VPATH += $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
+VPATH += $(COMMON_VPATH)
+VPATH += $(USER_PATH)
+
+include common_features.mk
+include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_PATH)/common.mk
+include bootloader.mk
+
+SRC += $(TMK_COMMON_SRC)
+OPT_DEFS += $(TMK_COMMON_DEFS)
+EXTRALDFLAGS += $(TMK_COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),AVR)
+ifeq ($(strip $(PROTOCOL)), VUSB)
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/vusb.mk
+else
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/lufa.mk
+endif
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/avr.mk
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ARM_ATSAM)
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/arm_atsam.mk
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/arm_atsam.mk
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),CHIBIOS)
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/chibios.mk
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)), yes)
+    VISUALIZER_DIR = $(QUANTUM_DIR)/visualizer
+    VISUALIZER_PATH = $(QUANTUM_PATH)/visualizer
+    include $(VISUALIZER_PATH)/visualizer.mk
+endif
+
+ALL_CONFIGS := $(PROJECT_CONFIG) $(CONFIG_H)
+
+OUTPUTS := $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT) $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)
+$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_SRC := $(SRC)
+$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS) $(GFXDEFS) \
+-DQMK_KEYBOARD=\"$(KEYBOARD)\" -DQMK_KEYBOARD_H=\"$(QMK_KEYBOARD_H)\" -DQMK_KEYBOARD_CONFIG_H=\"$(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h\" \
+-DQMK_KEYMAP=\"$(KEYMAP)\" -DQMK_KEYMAP_H=\"$(KEYMAP).h\" -DQMK_KEYMAP_CONFIG_H=\"$(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h\" \
+-DQMK_SUBPROJECT -DQMK_SUBPROJECT_H -DQMK_SUBPROJECT_CONFIG_H
+$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_INC :=  $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS)
+$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_CONFIG := $(CONFIG_H)
+$(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_SRC := $(CHIBISRC) $(GFXSRC)
+$(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_DEFS := $(PROJECT_DEFS) $(GFXDEFS)
+$(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_INC := $(PROJECT_INC) $(GFXINC)
+$(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_CONFIG := $(PROJECT_CONFIG)
+
+# Default target.
+all: build check-size
+build: elf cpfirmware
+
+include $(TMK_PATH)/rules.mk

build_layout.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+LAYOUTS_PATH := layouts
+LAYOUTS_REPOS := $(patsubst %/,%,$(sort $(dir $(wildcard $(LAYOUTS_PATH)/*/))))
+
+define SEARCH_LAYOUTS_REPO
+    LAYOUT_KEYMAP_PATH := $$(LAYOUTS_REPO)/$$(LAYOUT)/$$(KEYMAP)
+    LAYOUT_KEYMAP_C := $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_PATH)/keymap.c
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_C))","")
+        -include $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_PATH)/rules.mk
+        KEYMAP_C := $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_C)
+        KEYMAP_PATH := $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_PATH)
+    endif
+endef
+
+define SEARCH_LAYOUTS
+    $$(foreach LAYOUTS_REPO,$$(LAYOUTS_REPOS),$$(eval $$(call SEARCH_LAYOUTS_REPO)))
+endef
+
+$(foreach LAYOUT,$(LAYOUTS),$(eval $(call SEARCH_LAYOUTS)))

build_test.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+ifndef VERBOSE
+.SILENT:
+endif
+
+.DEFAULT_GOAL := all
+
+include common.mk
+
+TARGET=test/$(TEST)
+
+GTEST_OUTPUT = $(BUILD_DIR)/gtest
+
+TEST_OBJ = $(BUILD_DIR)/test_obj
+
+OUTPUTS := $(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST) $(GTEST_OUTPUT)
+
+GTEST_INC := \
+	$(LIB_PATH)/googletest/googletest/include\
+	$(LIB_PATH)/googletest/googlemock/include\
+	
+GTEST_INTERNAL_INC :=\
+	$(LIB_PATH)/googletest/googletest\
+	$(LIB_PATH)/googletest/googlemock
+
+$(GTEST_OUTPUT)_SRC :=\
+	googletest/src/gtest-all.cc\
+	googletest/src/gtest_main.cc\
+	googlemock/src/gmock-all.cc
+
+$(GTEST_OUTPUT)_DEFS := 
+$(GTEST_OUTPUT)_INC := $(GTEST_INC) $(GTEST_INTERNAL_INC)
+
+LDFLAGS += -lstdc++ -lpthread -shared-libgcc
+CREATE_MAP := no
+
+VPATH +=\
+	$(LIB_PATH)/googletest\
+	$(LIB_PATH)/googlemock
+
+all: elf
+
+VPATH += $(COMMON_VPATH)
+PLATFORM:=TEST
+
+ifneq ($(filter $(FULL_TESTS),$(TEST)),)
+include tests/$(TEST)/rules.mk
+endif
+
+include common_features.mk
+include $(TMK_PATH)/common.mk
+include $(QUANTUM_PATH)/serial_link/tests/rules.mk
+ifneq ($(filter $(FULL_TESTS),$(TEST)),)
+include build_full_test.mk
+endif
+
+$(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST)_SRC := $($(TEST)_SRC)
+$(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST)_INC := $($(TEST)_INC) $(VPATH) $(GTEST_INC)
+$(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST)_DEFS := $($(TEST)_DEFS)
+$(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST)_CONFIG := $($(TEST)_CONFIG)
+
+include $(TMK_PATH)/native.mk
+include $(TMK_PATH)/rules.mk
+
+
+$(shell mkdir -p $(BUILD_DIR)/test 2>/dev/null)
+$(shell mkdir -p $(TEST_OBJ) 2>/dev/null)
+

common.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+include message.mk
+
+# Directory common source files exist
+TOP_DIR = .
+TMK_DIR = tmk_core
+TMK_PATH = $(TMK_DIR)
+LIB_PATH = lib
+
+QUANTUM_DIR = quantum
+QUANTUM_PATH = $(QUANTUM_DIR)
+
+DRIVER_DIR = drivers
+DRIVER_PATH = $(DRIVER_DIR)
+
+BUILD_DIR := .build
+
+COMMON_VPATH := $(TOP_DIR)
+COMMON_VPATH += $(TMK_PATH)
+COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)
+COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/keymap_extras
+COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/audio
+COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/process_keycode
+COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/api
+COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/split_common
+COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)

common_features.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+SERIAL_DIR := $(QUANTUM_DIR)/serial_link
+SERIAL_PATH := $(QUANTUM_PATH)/serial_link
+SERIAL_SRC := $(wildcard $(SERIAL_PATH)/protocol/*.c)
+SERIAL_SRC += $(wildcard $(SERIAL_PATH)/system/*.c)
+SERIAL_DEFS += -DSERIAL_LINK_ENABLE
+COMMON_VPATH += $(SERIAL_PATH)
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(API_SYSEX_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DAPI_SYSEX_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/api/api_sysex.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DAPI_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/api.c
+    MIDI_ENABLE=yes
+endif
+
+MUSIC_ENABLE := 0
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(AUDIO_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_ENABLE
+    MUSIC_ENABLE := 1
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_audio.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_clicky.c
+    ifeq ($(PLATFORM),AVR)
+        SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/audio.c
+    else
+        SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/audio_arm.c
+    endif
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/voices.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/luts.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(MIDI_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMIDI_ENABLE
+    MUSIC_ENABLE := 1
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_midi.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(MUSIC_ENABLE), 1)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_music.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(COMBO_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DCOMBO_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_combo.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(STENO_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DSTENO_ENABLE
+    VIRTSER_ENABLE := yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_steno.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(VIRTSER_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DVIRTSER_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DFAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/fauxclicky.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DPOINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMOUSE_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/pointing_device.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(UCIS_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUCIS_ENABLE
+    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_ucis.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODEMAP_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUNICODEMAP_ENABLE
+    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicodemap.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUNICODE_ENABLE
+    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicode.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_COMMON)), yes)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicode_common.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight.c
+    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
+    LED_BREATHING_TABLE = yes
+    ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER)), yes)
+        OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER
+    else
+        SRC += ws2812.c
+    endif
+endif
+
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE ?= no
+VALID_MATRIX_TYPES := yes IS31FL3731 IS31FL3733 custom
+ifneq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), no)
+ifeq ($(filter $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE),$(VALID_MATRIX_TYPES)),)
+    $(error RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE="$(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)" is not a valid matrix type)
+endif
+    OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/color.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgb_matrix.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgb_matrix_drivers.c
+    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), yes)
+	RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3731)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3731
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3731.c
+    SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3733)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3733
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3733.c
+    SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(TAP_DANCE_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DTAP_DANCE_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(KEY_LOCK_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEY_LOCK_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_key_lock.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(PRINTING_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DPRINTING_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_printer.c
+    SRC += $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/serial_uart.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(AUTO_SHIFT_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DAUTO_SHIFT_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_auto_shift.c
+    ifeq ($(strip $(AUTO_SHIFT_MODIFIERS)), yes)
+        OPT_DEFS += -DAUTO_SHIFT_MODIFIERS
+    endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(SERIAL_LINK_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += $(patsubst $(QUANTUM_PATH)/%,%,$(SERIAL_SRC))
+    OPT_DEFS += $(SERIAL_DEFS)
+    VAPTH += $(SERIAL_PATH)
+endif
+
+ifneq ($(strip $(VARIABLE_TRACE)),)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/variable_trace.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DNUM_TRACED_VARIABLES=$(strip $(VARIABLE_TRACE))
+ifneq ($(strip $(MAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE)),)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE=$(strip $(MAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE))
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LCD_ENABLE)), yes)
+    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+    ifeq ($(strip $(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)), yes)
+        CIE1931_CURVE = yes
+    endif
+        ifeq ($(strip $(BACKLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER)), yes)
+        OPT_DEFS += -DBACKLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER
+    endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(CIE1931_CURVE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUSE_CIE1931_CURVE
+    LED_TABLES = yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LED_BREATHING_TABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUSE_LED_BREATHING_TABLE
+    LED_TABLES = yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LED_TABLES)), yes)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/led_tables.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(TERMINAL_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_terminal.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DTERMINAL_ENABLE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUSER_PRINT
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(USB_HID_ENABLE)), yes)
+    include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/usb_hid.mk
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(ENCODER_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/encoder.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DENCODER_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(HD44780_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += drivers/avr/hd44780.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DHD44780_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(DYNAMIC_KEYMAP_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DDYNAMIC_KEYMAP_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/dynamic_keymap.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LEADER_ENABLE)), yes)
+  SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_leader.c
+  OPT_DEFS += -DLEADER_ENABLE
+endif
+
+QUANTUM_SRC:= \
+    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/quantum.c \
+    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keymap_common.c \
+    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keycode_config.c
+
+ifneq ($(strip $(CUSTOM_MATRIX)), yes)
+    ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
+        QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/matrix.c
+    else
+        QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/matrix.c
+    endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DSPLIT_KEYBOARD
+    QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/split_flags.c \
+                $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/split_util.c \
+                $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/i2c.c \
+                $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/serial.c
+endif

docs/CNAME

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+docs.qmk.fm

docs/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Quantum Mechanical Keyboard Firmware
+
+[![Current Version](https://img.shields.io/github/tag/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tags)
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware)
+[![Discord](https://img.shields.io/discord/440868230475677696.svg)](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
+[![Docs Status](https://img.shields.io/badge/docs-ready-orange.svg)](https://docs.qmk.fm)
+[![GitHub contributors](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulse/monthly)
+[![GitHub forks](https://img.shields.io/github/forks/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?style=social&label=Fork)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/)
+
+## What is QMK Firmware?
+
+QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) is an open source community that maintains QMK Firmware, QMK Toolbox, qmk.fm, and these docs. QMK Firmware is a keyboard firmware based on the [tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) with some useful features for Atmel AVR controllers, and more specifically, the [OLKB product line](http://olkb.com), the [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com) keyboard, and the [Clueboard product line](http://clueboard.co/). It has also been ported to ARM chips using ChibiOS. You can use it to power your own hand-wired or custom keyboard PCB.
+
+## How to Get It
+
+If you plan on contributing a keymap, keyboard, or features to QMK, the easiest thing to do is [fork the repo through Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), and clone your repo locally to make your changes, push them, then open a [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) from your fork.
+
+Otherwise, you can either download it directly ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), or clone it via git (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), or https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
+
+## How to Compile
+
+Before you are able to compile, you'll need to [install an environment](getting_started_build_tools.md) for AVR or/and ARM development. Once that is complete, you'll use the `make` command to build a keyboard and keymap with the following notation:
+
+    make planck/rev4:default
+
+This would build the `rev4` revision of the `planck` with the `default` keymap. Not all keyboards have revisions (also called subprojects or folders), in which case, it can be omitted:
+
+    make preonic:default
+
+## How to Customize
+
+QMK has lots of [features](features.md) to explore, and a good deal of [reference documentation](http://docs.qmk.fm) to dig through. Most features are taken advantage of by modifying your [keymap](keymap.md), and changing the [keycodes](keycodes.md).

docs/_sidebar.md

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+* [Complete Newbs Guide](newbs.md)
+  * [Getting Started](newbs_getting_started.md)
+  * [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
+  * [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
+  * [Best Practices](newbs_best_practices.md)
+  * [Learning Resources](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
+
+* [QMK Basics](README.md)
+  * [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
+  * [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
+  * [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
+  * [Getting Help](getting_started_getting_help.md)
+
+* [FAQ](faq.md)
+  * [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
+  * [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
+  * [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
+  * [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
+
+* Detailed Guides
+  * [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
+  * [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
+  * [Build/Compile Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md)
+  * [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
+  * [Keymap Overview](keymap.md)
+
+* [Hardware](hardware.md)
+  * [AVR Processors](hardware_avr.md)
+  * [Drivers](hardware_drivers.md)
+
+* Reference
+  * [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
+  * [Config Options](config_options.md)
+  * [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
+  * [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
+  * [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)
+  * [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
+  * [Unit Testing](unit_testing.md)
+  * [Useful Functions](ref_functions.md)
+  * [Configurator Support](reference_configurator_support.md)
+
+* [Features](features.md)
+  * [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
+  * [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.md)
+  * [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
+  * [Audio](feature_audio.md)
+  * [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md)
+  * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md)
+  * [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
+  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+  * [Combos](feature_combo)
+  * [Command](feature_command.md)
+  * [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
+  * [Encoders](feature_encoders.md)
+  * [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)
+  * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md)
+  * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md)
+  * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
+  * [Macros](feature_macros.md)
+  * [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
+  * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
+  * [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md)
+  * [PS/2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
+  * [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
+  * [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
+  * [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md)
+  * [Space Cadet Shift Enter](feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md)
+  * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md)
+  * [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
+  * [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)
+  * [Terminal](feature_terminal.md)
+  * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md)
+  * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
+  * [Userspace](feature_userspace.md)
+  * [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
+
+* For Makers and Modders
+  * [Hand Wiring Guide](hand_wire.md)
+  * [ISP Flashing Guide](isp_flashing_guide.md)
+  * [ARM Debugging Guide](arm_debugging.md)
+  * [I2C Driver](i2c_driver.md)
+
+* For a Deeper Understanding
+  * [How Keyboards Work](how_keyboards_work.md)
+  * [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
+
+* Other Topics
+  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
+
+* QMK Internals (In Progress)
+  * [Defines](internals_defines.md)
+  * [Input Callback Reg](internals_input_callback_reg.md)
+  * [Midi Device](internals_midi_device.md)
+  * [Midi Device Setup Process](internals_midi_device_setup_process.md)
+  * [Midi Util](internals_midi_util.md)
+  * [Send Functions](internals_send_functions.md)
+  * [Sysex Tools](internals_sysex_tools.md)

docs/_summary.md

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+* [Complete Newbs Guide](newbs.md)
+  * [Getting Started](newbs_getting_started.md)
+  * [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
+  * [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
+  * [Best Practices](newbs_best_practices.md)
+  * [Learning Resources](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
+
+* [QMK Basics](README.md)
+  * [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
+  * [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
+  * [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
+  * [Getting Help](getting_started_getting_help.md)
+
+* [FAQ](faq.md)
+  * [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
+  * [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
+  * [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
+  * [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
+
+* Detailed Guides
+  * [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
+  * [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
+  * [Build/Compile Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md)
+  * [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
+  * [Keymap Overview](keymap.md)
+
+* [Hardware](hardware.md)
+  * [AVR Processors](hardware_avr.md)
+  * [Drivers](hardware_drivers.md)
+
+* Reference
+  * [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
+  * [Config Options](config_options.md)
+  * [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
+  * [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
+  * [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)
+  * [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
+  * [Unit Testing](unit_testing.md)
+  * [Useful Functions](ref_functions.md)
+  * [Configurator Support](reference_configurator_support.md)
+
+* [Features](features.md)
+  * [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
+  * [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.md)
+  * [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
+  * [Audio](feature_audio.md)
+  * [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md)
+  * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md)
+  * [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
+  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+  * [Combos](feature_combo)
+  * [Command](feature_command.md)
+  * [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
+  * [Encoders](feature_encoders.md)
+  * [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)
+  * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md)
+  * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md)
+  * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
+  * [Macros](feature_macros.md)
+  * [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
+  * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
+  * [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md)
+  * [PS/2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
+  * [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
+  * [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
+  * [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md)
+  * [Space Cadet Shift Enter](feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md)
+  * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md)
+  * [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
+  * [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)
+  * [Terminal](feature_terminal.md)
+  * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md)
+  * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
+  * [Userspace](feature_userspace.md)
+  * [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
+
+* For Makers and Modders
+  * [Hand Wiring Guide](hand_wire.md)
+  * [ISP Flashing Guide](isp_flashing_guide.md)
+  * [ARM Debugging Guide](arm_debugging.md)
+  * [I2C Driver](i2c_driver.md)
+
+* For a Deeper Understanding
+  * [How Keyboards Work](how_keyboards_work.md)
+  * [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
+
+* Other Topics
+  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
+
+* QMK Internals (In Progress)
+  * [Defines](internals_defines.md)
+  * [Input Callback Reg](internals_input_callback_reg.md)
+  * [Midi Device](internals_midi_device.md)
+  * [Midi Device Setup Process](internals_midi_device_setup_process.md)
+  * [Midi Util](internals_midi_util.md)
+  * [Send Functions](internals_send_functions.md)
+  * [Sysex Tools](internals_sysex_tools.md)

docs/arm_debugging.md

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+# ARM Debugging usign Eclipse
+
+This page describes how to setup debugging for ARM MCUs using an SWD adapter and open-source/free tools. In this guide we will install GNU MCU Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers and OpenOCD together with all the necessary dependencies.
+
+This guide is catered towards advance users and assumes you can compile an ARM compatible keyboard on your machine using the MAKE flow.
+
+## Installing the software
+
+The main objective here is to get the MCU Eclipse IDE correcly installed on our machine. The necesarry instructions are derived from [this](https://gnu-mcu-eclipse.github.io/install/) install guide.
+
+### The xPack Manager
+
+This tool is a software package manager and it is used to help us get the necesarry depencencies.
+
+XPM runs using Node.js so grab that form [here](https://nodejs.org/en/). After installation, open a terminal and type `npm -v`. A reply with the version number means that the instalation was successful.
+
+XPM instalation instructions can be found [here](https://www.npmjs.com/package/xpm) and are OS specific. Entering `xpm --version` to your terminal should return the software version.
+
+### The ARM Toolchain
+
+Using XPM it is very easy to install the ARM toolchain. Enter the command `xpm install --global @gnu-mcu-eclipse/arm-none-eabi-gcc`.
+
+### Windows build tools
+
+If you are using windows you need to install this!
+
+`xpm install --global @gnu-mcu-eclipse/windows-build-tools`
+
+### Programer/Debugger Drivers
+
+Now its the time to install your programer's drivers. This tutorial was made using an ST-Link v2 which you can get from almost anywhere.
+If you have an ST-Link the drivers can be found [here](https://www.st.com/en/development-tools/stsw-link009.html) otherwise consult the manufuturer of your tool.
+
+### OpenOCD
+
+This dependency allows SWD access from GDB and it is essential for debugging. Run `xpm install --global @gnu-mcu-eclipse/openocd`.
+
+### Java
+
+Java is needed by Eclipse so please download it from [here](https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html).
+
+### GNU MCU Eclipse IDE
+
+Now its finally time to install the IDE. Use the Release page [here](https://github.com/gnu-mcu-eclipse/org.eclipse.epp.packages/releases/) to get the latest version.
+
+## Configuring Eclipse
+
+Open up the Eclipse IDE we just downloaded. To import our QMK directory select File -> Import -> C/C++ -> Existing code as Makefile Project. Select next and use Browse to select your QMK folder. In the tool-chain list select ARM Cross GCC and select Finish.
+
+Now you can see the QMK folder on the left hand side. Right click it and select Properties. On the left hand side, expand MCU and select ARM Toolchain Paths. Press xPack and OK. Repeat for OpenOCD Path  and if you are on windows for Build Tool Path. Select Apply and Close.
+
+Now its time to install the necessary MCU packages. Go to Packs perspective by selecting Window -> Open Perspective -> Others -> Packs. Now select the yellow refresh symbol next to the Packs tab. This will take a long time as it is requesting the MCU definitions from various places. If some of the links fail you can probably select Ignore.
+
+When this finishes you must find the MCU which we will be building/debugging for. In this example I will be using the STM32F3 series MCUs. On the left, select STMicroelectonics -> STM32F3 Series. On the middle window we can see the pack. Right click and select Install. Once that is done we can go back to the default perspective, Window -> Open Perspective -> Others -> C/C++.
+
+We need to let eclipse know the device we intent to build QMK on. Right click on the QMK folder -> Properties -> C/C++ Build -> Settings. Select the Devices tab and under devices select the appropriate variant of your MCU. For my example it is STM32F303CC
+
+While we are here let's setup the build command as well. Select C/C++ Build and then the Behavior tab. On the build command, replace `all` with your necessary make command. For example for a rev6 Planck with the default keymap this would be `planck/rev6:default`. Select Apply and Close.
+
+## Building
+
+If you have setup everything correctly pressing the hammer button should build the firmware for you and a .bin file should appear.
+
+## Debugging
+
+### Connecting the Debugger
+
+ARM MCUs use the Single Wire Debug (SWD) protocol which comprises of the clock (SWCLK) signal and the data (SWDIO) signal. Connecting this two wires and ground should be enough to allow full manipulation of the MCU. Here we assume that the keyboard will be powered though USB. The RESET signal is not necessary as we can manually assert it using the reset button. For a more advance setup, the SWO signal can be used which pipes printf and scanf asynchronously to the host but for our setup we will ignore it.
+
+NOTE: Make sure the SWCLK and SWDIO pins are not used in the matrix of your keyboard. If they are you can temporarily switch them for some other pins.
+
+### Configuring the Debugger
+
+Right click on your QMK folder, select Debug As -> Debug Configuration. Here double click on GDB OpenOCD Debugging. Select the debugger tab and enter the configuration necessary for your MCU. This might take some fiddling and googleing to find out. The default script for the STM32F3 is called stm32f3discovery.cfg. To let OpenOCD know, in the Config options enter `-f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg`.
+
+NOTE: In my case this configuration script requires editing to disable the reset assertion. The locations of the scripts can be found in the actual executable field usually under the path `openocd/version/.content/scripts/board`. Here I edited `reset_config srst_only` to `reset_config none`.
+
+Select Apply and Close.
+
+### Running the Debugger.
+
+Reset your keyboard.
+
+Press the bug icon and if all goes well you should soon find yourself in the debug perspective. Here the program counter will pause at the beginning of the main function and way for you to press Play. Most of the features of all debuggers work on ARM MCUs but for exact details google is your friend!
+
+
+Happy debugging!

docs/becoming_a_qmk_collaborator.md

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Becoming a QMK Collaborator
+
+A QMK collaborator is a keyboard maker or designer that is interested in helping QMK grow and fully support their keyboard(s), and encouraging their users and customers to submit features, ideas, and keymaps. We're always looking to add more keyboards and collaborators, but we ask that they fulfill these requirements:
+
+* **Have a PCB available for sale.** Unfortunately there's just too much variation and complications with handwired keyboards.
+* **Maintain your keyboard in QMK.** This may just require an initial setup to get your keyboard working, but it could also include accommodating changes made to QMK's core that might break or render any custom code redundant.
+* **Approve and merge keymap pull requests for your keyboard.** We like to encourage users to contribute their keymaps for others to see and work from when creating their own.
+
+If you feel you meet these requirements, shoot us an email at hello@qmk.fm with an introduction and some links to your keyboard!

docs/compatible_microcontrollers.md

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Atmel AVR
+
+QMK should run on any Atmel AVR processor with enough Flash. It has been tested on the following:
+
+* ATmega32U4 ([PJRC Teensy 2.0](http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/))
+* AT90USB1286 ([PJRC Teensy++ 2.0](http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/))
+* AT90USB1287 ([Atmel USBKEY](http://www.atmel.com/tools/AT90USBKEY.aspx))
+* ATmega168P with using [V-USB](http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/index.html)
+* ATmega328P with using [V-USB](http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/index.html)
+* ATmega32U2
+* AT90USB1286, 646, 647 should work
+* AT90USB162 testing...
+
+NOTE: To enable full features of firmware you'll need 32KB flash size.
+
+Please add any tested microcontrollers to this list.
+
+# ARM
+
+You can also use any ARM processor that [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.org) supports. The following processors have been tested:
+
+* [Kinetis MKL26Z64](http://www.nxp.com/products/microcontrollers-and-processors/arm-processors/kinetis-cortex-m-mcus/l-series-ultra-low-power-m0-plus/kinetis-kl2x-48-mhz-usb-ultra-low-power-microcontrollers-mcus-based-on-arm-cortex-m0-plus-core:KL2x)
+* [Kinetis MK20DX128](http://www.nxp.com/assets/documents/data/en/data-sheets/K20P64M50SF0.pdf)
+* [Kinetis MK20DX128](http://www.nxp.com/assets/documents/data/en/data-sheets/K20P64M50SF0.pdf)
+* [Kinetis MK20DX256](http://www.nxp.com/products/microcontrollers-and-processors/arm-processors/kinetis-cortex-m-mcus/k-series-performance-m4/k2x-usb/kinetis-k20-72-mhz-full-speed-usb-mixed-signal-integration-microcontrollers-mcus-based-on-arm-cortex-m4-core:K20_72)

docs/config_options.md

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+# Configuring QMK
+
+QMK is nearly infinitely configurable. Wherever possible we err on the side of allowing users to customize their keyboard, even at the expense of code size. That level of flexibility makes for a daunting configuration experience, however.
+
+There are two main types of configuration files in QMK- `config.h` and `rules.mk`. These files exist at various levels in QMK and all files of the same type are combined to build the final configuration. The levels, from lowest priority to highest priority, are:
+
+* QMK Default
+* Keyboard
+* Folders (Up to 5 levels deep)
+* Keymap
+
+## QMK Default
+
+Every available setting in QMK has a default. If that setting is not set at the Keyboard, Folder, or Keymap level this is the setting that will be used.
+
+## Keyboard
+
+This level contains config options that should apply to the whole keyboard. Some settings won't change in revisions, or most keymaps. Other settings are merely defaults for this keyboard and can be overridden by folders and/or keymaps.
+
+## Folders
+
+Some keyboards have folders and sub-folders to allow for different hardware configurations. Most keyboards only go 1 folder deep, but QMK supports structures up to 5 folders deep. Each folder can have its own `config.h` and `rules.mk` files that are incorporated into the final configuration.
+
+## Keymap
+
+This level contains all of the options for that particular keymap. If you wish to override a previous declaration, you can use `#undef <variable>` to undefine it, where you can then redefine it without an error.
+
+# The `config.h` File
+
+This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persist over the whole project (if included). Lots of variables can be set here and accessed elsewhere. The `config.h` file shouldn't be including other `config.h` files, or anything besides this:
+
+    #include "config_common.h"
+
+
+## Hardware Options
+* `#define VENDOR_ID 0x1234`
+  * defines your VID, and for most DIY projects, can be whatever you want
+* `#define PRODUCT_ID 0x5678`
+  * defines your PID, and for most DIY projects, can be whatever you want
+* `#define DEVICE_VER 0`
+  * defines the device version (often used for revisions)
+* `#define MANUFACTURER Me`
+  * generally who/whatever brand produced the board
+* `#define PRODUCT Board`
+  * the name of the keyboard
+* `#define DESCRIPTION a keyboard`
+  * a short description of what the keyboard is
+* `#define MATRIX_ROWS 5`
+  * the number of rows in your keyboard's matrix
+* `#define MATRIX_COLS 15`
+  * the number of columns in your keyboard's matrix
+* `#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D5, B5, B6 }`
+  * pins of the rows, from top to bottom
+* `#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, B0, C7, F4, F5, F6, F7, D4, D6, B4, D7 }`
+  * pins of the columns, from left to right
+* `#define UNUSED_PINS { D1, D2, D3, B1, B2, B3 }`
+  * pins unused by the keyboard for reference
+* `#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST`
+  * define is matrix has ghost (unlikely)
+* `#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW`
+  * COL2ROW or ROW2COL - how your matrix is configured. COL2ROW means the black mark on your diode is facing to the rows, and between the switch and the rows.
+* `#define AUDIO_VOICES`
+  * turns on the alternate audio voices (to cycle through)
+* `#define C4_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin C4
+* `#define C5_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin C5
+* `#define C6_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin C6
+* `#define B5_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+* `#define B6_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin B6 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+* `#define B7_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+* `#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7`
+  * pin of the backlight - B5, B6, B7 use PWM, others use softPWM
+* `#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3`
+  * number of levels your backlight will have (maximum 15 excluding off)
+* `#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`
+  * enables backlight breathing (only works with backlight pins B5, B6 and B7)
+* `#define BREATHING_PERIOD 6`
+  * the length of one backlight "breath" in seconds
+* `#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5`
+  * the delay when reading the value of the pin (5 is default)
+* `#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE`
+  * mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap
+* `#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE`
+  * tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state
+* `#define IS_COMMAND() ( keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) )`
+  * key combination that allows the use of magic commands (useful for debugging)
+* `#define USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION`
+  * sets the maximum power (in mA) over USB for the device (default: 500)
+* `#define SCL_CLOCK 100000L`
+  * sets the SCL_CLOCK speed for split keyboards. The default is `100000L` but some boards can be set to `400000L`.
+
+## Features That Can Be Disabled
+
+If you define these options you will disable the associated feature, which can save on code size.
+
+* `#define NO_DEBUG`
+  * disable debugging
+* `#define NO_PRINT`
+  * disable printing/debugging using hid_listen
+* `#define NO_ACTION_LAYER`
+  * disable layers
+* `#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING`
+  * disable tap dance and other tapping features
+* `#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT`
+  * disable one-shot modifiers
+* `#define NO_ACTION_MACRO`
+  * disable all macro handling
+* `#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION`
+  * disable the action function (deprecated)
+
+## Features That Can Be Enabled
+
+If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may increase your code size.
+
+* `#define FORCE_NKRO`
+  * NKRO by default requires to be turned on, this forces it on during keyboard startup regardless of EEPROM setting. NKRO can still be turned off but will be turned on again if the keyboard reboots.
+* `#define STRICT_LAYER_RELEASE`
+  * force a key release to be evaluated using the current layer stack instead of remembering which layer it came from (used for advanced cases)
+
+## Behaviors That Can Be Configured
+
+* `#define TAPPING_TERM 200`
+  * how long before a tap becomes a hold, if set above 500, a key tapped during the tapping term will turn it into a hold too
+* `#define RETRO_TAPPING`
+  * tap anyway, even after TAPPING_TERM, if there was no other key interruption between press and release
+  * See [Retro Tapping](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#retro-tapping) for details
+* `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2`
+  * how many taps before triggering the toggle
+* `#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD`
+  * makes tap and hold keys trigger the hold if another key is pressed before releasing, even if it hasn't hit the `TAPPING_TERM`
+  * See [Permissive Hold](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#permissive-hold) for details
+* `#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT`
+  * makes it possible to do rolling combos (zx) with keys that convert to other keys on hold, by enforcing the `TAPPING_TERM` for both keys.
+  * See [Mod tap interrupt](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#ignore-mod-tap-interrupt) for details
+* `#define TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD`
+  * makes it possible to use a dual role key as modifier shortly after having been tapped
+  * See [Hold after tap](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#tapping-force-hold)
+  * Breaks any Tap Toggle functionality (`TT` or the One Shot Tap Toggle)
+* `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300`
+  * how long before the leader key times out
+* `#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 300`
+  * how long before oneshot times out
+* `#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 2`
+  * how many taps before oneshot toggle is triggered
+* `#define QMK_KEYS_PER_SCAN 4`
+  * Allows sending more than one key per scan. By default, only one key event gets
+    sent via `process_record()` per scan. This has little impact on most typing, but
+    if you're doing a lot of chords, or your scan rate is slow to begin with, you can
+    have some delay in processing key events. Each press and release is a separate
+    event. For a keyboard with 1ms or so scan times, even a very fast typist isn't
+    going to produce the 500 keystrokes a second needed to actually get more than a
+    few ms of delay from this. But if you're doing chording on something with 3-4ms
+    scan times? You probably want this.
+* `#define COMBO_COUNT 2`
+  * Set this to the number of combos that you're using in the [Combo](feature_combo.md) feature.
+* `#define COMBO_TERM 200`
+  * how long for the Combo keys to be detected. Defaults to `TAPPING_TERM` if not defined.
+
+## RGB Light Configuration
+
+* `#define RGB_DI_PIN D7`
+  * pin the DI on the ws2812 is hooked-up to
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`
+  * run RGB animations
+* `#define RGBLED_NUM 15`
+  * number of LEDs
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 12`
+  * units to step when in/decreasing hue
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 25`
+  * units to step when in/decreasing saturation
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 12`
+  * units to step when in/decreasing value (brightness)
+* `#define RGBW_BB_TWI`
+  * bit-bangs TWI to EZ RGBW LEDs (only required for Ergodox EZ)
+
+## Mouse Key Options
+
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL 20`
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY 0`
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX 60`
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED 7`
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELAY 0`
+
+## Split Keyboard Options
+
+Split Keyboard specific options, make sure you have 'SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes' in your rules.mk
+
+* `#define SPLIT_HAND_PIN B7`
+  * For using high/low pin to determine handedness, low = right hand, high = left hand. Replace 'B7' with the pin you are using. This is optional and you can still use the EEHANDS method or MASTER_LEFT / MASTER_RIGHT defines like the stock Let's Split uses.
+  
+* `#define USE_I2C`
+  * For using I2C instead of Serial (defaults to serial)
+
+# The `rules.mk` File
+
+This is a [make](https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html) file that is included by the top-level `Makefile`. It is used to set some information about the MCU that we will be compiling for as well as enabling and disabling certain features.
+
+## Build Options
+
+* `DEFAULT_FOLDER`
+  * Used to specify a default folder when a keyboard has more than one sub-folder.
+* `FIRMWARE_FORMAT`
+  * Defines which format (bin, hex) is copied to the root `qmk_firmware` folder after building.
+* `SRC`
+  * Used to add files to the compilation/linking list.
+* `LAYOUTS`
+  * A list of [layouts](feature_layouts.md) this keyboard supports.
+
+## AVR MCU Options
+* `MCU = atmega32u4`
+* `F_CPU = 16000000`
+* `ARCH = AVR8`
+* `F_USB = $(F_CPU)`
+* `OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT`
+* `BOOTLOADER = atmel-dfu` with the following options:
+  * `atmel-dfu`
+  * `lufa-dfu`
+  * `qmk-dfu`
+  * `halfkay`
+  * `caterina`
+  * `bootloadHID`
+
+## Feature Options
+
+Use these to enable or disable building certain features. The more you have enabled the bigger your firmware will be, and you run the risk of building a firmware too large for your MCU.
+
+* `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE`
+  * Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+* `MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
+  * Mouse keys(+4700)
+* `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
+  * Audio control and System control(+450)
+* `CONSOLE_ENABLE`
+  * Console for debug(+400)
+* `COMMAND_ENABLE`
+  * Commands for debug and configuration
+* `COMBO_ENABLE`
+  * Key combo feature
+* `NKRO_ENABLE`
+  * USB N-Key Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+* `AUDIO_ENABLE`
+  * Enable the audio subsystem.
+* `RGBLIGHT_ENABLE`
+  * Enable keyboard underlight functionality
+* `MIDI_ENABLE`
+  * MIDI controls
+* `UNICODE_ENABLE`
+  * Unicode
+* `BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
+  * Legacy option to Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID. See BLUETOOTH
+* `BLUETOOTH`
+  * Current options are AdafruitEzKey, AdafruitBLE, RN42
+* `SPLIT_KEYBOARD`
+  * Enables split keyboard support (dual MCU like the let's split and bakingpy's boards) and includes all necessary files located at quantum/split_common
+* `WAIT_FOR_USB`
+  * Forces the keyboard to wait for a USB connection to be established before it starts up
+* `NO_USB_STARTUP_CHECK`
+  * Disables usb suspend check after keyboard startup. Usually the keyboard waits for the host to wake it up before any tasks are performed. This is useful for split keyboards as one half will not get a wakeup call but must send commands to the master.
+
+## USB Endpoint Limitations
+
+In order to provide services over USB, QMK has to use USB endpoints.
+These are a finite resource: each microcontroller has only a certain number.
+This limits what features can be enabled together.
+If the available endpoints are exceeded, a build error is thrown.
+
+The following features can require separate endpoints:
+
+* `MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
+* `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
+* `CONSOLE_ENABLE`
+* `NKRO_ENABLE`
+* `MIDI_ENABLE`
+* `RAW_ENABLE`
+* `VIRTSER_ENABLE`
+
+In order to improve utilisation of the endpoints, the HID features can be combined to use a single endpoint.
+By default, `MOUSEKEY`, `EXTRAKEY`, and `NKRO` are combined into a single endpoint.
+
+The base keyboard functionality can also be combined into the endpoint,
+by setting `KEYBOARD_SHARED_EP = yes`.
+This frees up one more endpoint,
+but it can prevent the keyboard working in some BIOSes,
+as they do not implement Boot Keyboard protocol switching.
+
+Combining the mouse also breaks Boot Mouse compatibility.
+The mouse can be uncombined by setting `MOUSE_SHARED_EP = no` if this functionality is required.

docs/contributing.md

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+# How to Contribute
+
+👍🎉 First off, thanks for taking the time to read this and contribute! 🎉👍
+
+Third-party contributions help us grow and improve QMK. We want to make the pull request and contribution process useful and easy for both contributors and maintainers. To this end we've put together some guidelines for contributors to help your pull request be accepted without major changes.
+
+* [Project Overview](#project-overview)
+* [Coding Conventions](#coding-conventions)
+* [General Guidelines](#general-guidelines)
+* [What does the Code of Conduct mean for me?](#what-does-the-code-of-conduct-mean-for-me)
+
+## I Don't Want to Read This Whole Thing! I Just Have a Question!
+
+If you'd like to ask questions about QMK you can do so on the [OLKB Subreddit](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) or on [Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
+
+Please keep these things in mind:
+
+* It may take several hours for someone to respond to your question. Please be patient!
+* Everyone involved with QMK is donating their time and energy. We don't get paid to work on or answer questions about QMK.
+* Try to ask your question so it's as easy to answer as possible. If you're not sure how to do that these are some good guides:
+  * https://opensource.com/life/16/10/how-ask-technical-questions
+  * http://www.catb.org/esr/faqs/smart-questions.html
+
+# Project Overview
+
+QMK is largely written in C, with specific features and parts written in C++. It targets embedded processors found in keyboards, particularly AVR ([LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) and ARM ([ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com)). If you are already well versed in Arduino programming you'll find a lot of the concepts and limitations familiar. Prior experience with Arduino is not required to successfully contribute to QMK.
+
+<!-- FIXME: We should include a list of resources for learning C here. -->
+
+# Where Can I Go for Help?
+
+If you need help you can [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) or [chat on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
+
+# How Do I Make a Contribution?
+
+Never made an open source contribution before? Wondering how contributions work in QMK? Here's a quick rundown!
+
+0. Sign up for a [GitHub](https://github.com) account.
+1. Put together a keymap to contribute, [find an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) you are interested in addressing, or [a feature](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Afeature) you would like to add.
+2. Fork the repository associated with the issue to your GitHub account. This means that you will have a copy of the repository under `your-GitHub-username/qmk_firmware`.
+3. Clone the repository to your local machine using `git clone https://github.com/github-username/repository-name.git`.
+4. If you're working on a new feature consider opening an issue to talk with us about the work you're about to undertake.
+5. Create a new branch for your fix using `git checkout -b branch-name-here`.
+6. Make the appropriate changes for the issue you are trying to address or the feature that you want to add.
+7. Use `git add insert-paths-of-changed-files-here` to add the file contents of the changed files to the "snapshot" git uses to manage the state of the project, also known as the index.
+8. Use `git commit -m "Insert a short message of the changes made here"` to store the contents of the index with a descriptive message.
+9. Push the changes to your repository on GitHub using `git push origin branch-name-here`.
+10. Submit a pull request to [QMK Firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/new/master).
+11. Title the pull request with a short description of the changes made and the issue or bug number associated with your change. For example, you can title an issue like so "Added more log outputting to resolve #4352".
+12. In the description of the pull request explain the changes that you made, any issues you think exist with the pull request you made, and any questions you have for the maintainer. It's OK if your pull request is not perfect (no pull request is), the reviewer will be able to help you fix any problems and improve it!
+13. Wait for the pull request to be reviewed by a maintainer.
+14. Make changes to the pull request if the reviewing maintainer recommends them.
+15. Celebrate your success after your pull request is merged!
+
+# Coding Conventions
+
+Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely consistent. You should match the style of the code surrounding your change, but if that code is inconsistent or unclear use the following guidelines:
+
+* We indent using two spaces (soft tabs)
+* We use a modified One True Brace Style
+  * Opening Brace: At the end of the same line as the statement that opens the block
+  * Closing Brace: Lined up with the first character of the statement that opens the block
+  * Else If: Place the closing brace at the beginning of the line and the next opening brace at the end of the same line.
+  * Optional Braces: Always include optional braces.
+    * Good: if (condition) { return false; }
+    * Bad: if (condition) return false;
+* We encourage use of C style comments: `/* */`
+  * Think of them as a story describing the feature
+  * Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
+  * Do not write obvious comments
+  * If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
+* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
+* We use `#pragma once` at the start of header files rather than old-style include guards (`#ifndef THIS_FILE_H`, `#define THIS_FILE_H`, ..., `#endif`)
+
+Here is an example for easy reference:
+
+```c
+/* Enums for foo */
+enum foo_state {
+  FOO_BAR,
+  FOO_BAZ,
+};
+
+/* Returns a value */
+int foo(void) {
+  if (some_condition) {
+    return FOO_BAR;
+  } else {
+    return -1;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+# General Guidelines
+
+We have a few different types of changes in QMK, each requiring a different level of rigor. We'd like you to keep the following guidelines in mind no matter what type of change you're making.
+
+* Separate PR's into logical units. For example, do not submit one PR covering two separate features, instead submit a separate PR for each feature.
+* Check for unnecessary whitespace with `git diff --check` before committing.
+* Make sure your code change actually compiles.
+  * Keymaps: Make sure that `make keyboard:your_new_keymap` does not return an error
+  * Keyboards: Make sure that `make keyboard:all` does not return any errors
+  * Core: Make sure that `make all` does not return any errors.
+* Make sure commit messages are understandable on their own. You should put a short description (no more than 70 characters) on the first line, the second line should be empty, and on the 3rd and later lines you should describe your commit in detail, if required. Example:
+
+```
+Adjust the fronzlebop for the kerpleplork
+
+The kerpleplork was intermittently failing with error code 23. The root cause was the fronzlebop setting, which causes the kerpleplork to activate every N iterations.
+
+Limited experimentation on the devices I have available shows that 7 is high enough to avoid confusing the kerpleplork, but I'd like to get some feedback from people with ARM devices to be sure.
+```
+
+## Documentation
+
+Documentation is one of the easiest ways to get started contributing to QMK. Finding places where the documentation is wrong or incomplete and fixing those is easy! We also very badly need someone to edit our documentation, so if you have editing skills but aren't sure where or how to jump in please [reach out for help](#where-can-i-go-for-help)!
+
+You'll find all our documentation in the `qmk_firmware/docs` directory, or if you'd rather use a web based workflow you can click "Suggest An Edit" at the top of each page on http://docs.qmk.fm/.
+
+## Keymaps
+
+Most first-time QMK contributors start with their personal keymaps. We try to keep keymap standards pretty casual (keymaps, after all, reflect the personality of their creators) but we do ask that you follow these guidelines to make it easier for others to discover and learn from your keymap.
+
+* Write a `readme.md` using [the template](documentation_templates.md).
+* All Keymap PR's are squashed, so if you care about how your commits are squashed you should do it yourself
+* Do not lump features in with keymap PR's. Submit the feature first and then a second PR for the keymap.
+* Do not include `Makefile`s in your keymap folder (they're no longer used)
+* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
+
+## Keyboards
+
+Keyboards are the raison d'être for QMK. Some keyboards are community maintained, while others are maintained by the people responsible for making a particular keyboard. The `readme.md` should tell you who maintains a particular keyboard. If you have questions relating to a particular keyboard you can [Open An Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) and tag the maintainer in your question.
+
+We also ask that you follow these guidelines:
+
+* Write a `readme.md` using [the template](documentation_templates.md).
+* Keep the number of commits reasonable or we will squash your PR
+* Do not lump core features in with new keyboards. Submit the feature first and then submit a separate PR for the keyboard.
+* Name `.c`/`.h` file after the immediate parent folder, eg `/keyboards/<kb1>/<kb2>/<kb2>.[ch]`
+* Do not include `Makefile`s in your keyboard folder (they're no longer used)
+* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
+
+## Quantum/TMK Core
+
+Before you put a lot of work into building your new feature you should make sure you are implementing it in the best way. You can get a basic understanding of QMK by reading [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md), which will take you on a tour of the QMK program flow. From here you should talk to us to get a sense of the best way to implement your idea. There are two main ways to do this:
+
+* [Chat on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
+* [Open an Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)
+
+Feature and Bug Fix PR's affect all keyboards. We are also in the process of restructuring QMK. For this reason it is especially important for significant changes to be discussed before implementation has happened. If you open a PR without talking to us first please be prepared to do some significant rework if your choices do not mesh well with our planned direction.
+
+Here are some things to keep in mind when working on your feature or bug fix.
+
+* **Disabled by default** - memory is a pretty limited on most chips QMK supports, and it's important that current keymaps aren't broken, so please allow your feature to be turned **on**, rather than being turned off. If you think it should be on by default, or reduces the size of the code, please talk with us about it.
+* **Compile locally before submitting** - hopefully this one is obvious, but things need to compile! Our Travis system will catch any issues, but it's generally faster for you to compile a few keyboards locally instead of waiting for the results to come back.
+* **Consider revisions and different chip-bases** - there are several keyboards that have revisions that allow for slightly different configurations, and even different chip-bases. Try to make a feature supported in ARM and AVR, or automatically disabled on platforms it doesn't work on.
+* **Explain your feature** - Document it in `docs/`, either as a new file or as part of an existing file. If you don't document it other people won't be able to benefit from your hard work.
+
+We also ask that you follow these guidelines:
+
+* Keep the number of commits reasonable or we will squash your PR
+* Do not lump keyboards or keymaps in with core changes. Submit your core changes first.
+* Write [Unit Tests](unit_testing.md) for your feature
+* Follow the style of the file you are editing. If the style is unclear or there are mixed styles you should conform to the [coding conventions](#coding-conventions) above.
+
+## Refactoring
+
+To maintain a clear vision of how things are laid out in QMK we try to plan out refactors in-depth and have a collaborator make the changes. If you have an idea for refactoring, or suggestions, [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues), we'd love to talk about how QMK can be improved.
+
+# What Does the Code of Conduct Mean for Me?
+
+Our [Code of Conduct](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) means that you are responsible for treating everyone on the project with respect and courtesy regardless of their identity. If you are the victim of any inappropriate behavior or comments as described in our Code of Conduct, we are here for you and will do the best to ensure that the abuser is reprimanded appropriately, per our code.

docs/custom_quantum_functions.md

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+# How to Customize Your Keyboard's Behavior
+
+For a lot of people a custom keyboard is about more than sending button presses to your computer. You want to be able to do things that are more complex than simple button presses and macros. QMK has hooks that allow you to inject code, override functionality, and otherwise customize how your keyboard behaves in different situations.
+
+This page does not assume any special knowledge about QMK, but reading [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md) will help you understand what is going on at a more fundamental level.
+
+## A Word on Core vs Keyboards vs Keymap
+
+We have structured QMK as a hierarchy:
+
+* Core (`_quantum`)
+  * Keyboard/Revision (`_kb`)
+    * Keymap (`_user`)
+
+Each of the functions described below can be defined with a `_kb()` suffix or a `_user()` suffix. We intend for you to use the `_kb()` suffix at the Keyboard/Revision level, while the `_user()` suffix should be used at the Keymap level.
+
+When defining functions at the Keyboard/Revision level it is important that your `_kb()` implementation call `_user()` before executing anything else- otherwise the keymap level function will never be called.
+
+# Custom Keycodes
+
+By far the most common task is to change the behavior of an existing keycode or to create a new keycode. From a code standpoint the mechanism for each is very similar.
+
+## Defining a New Keycode
+
+The first step to creating your own custom keycode(s) is to enumerate them. This means both naming them and assigning a unique number to that keycode. Rather than limit custom keycodes to a fixed range of numbers QMK provides the `SAFE_RANGE` macro. You can use `SAFE_RANGE` when enumerating your custom keycodes to guarantee that you get a unique number.
+
+
+Here is an example of enumerating 2 keycodes. After adding this block to your `keymap.c` you will be able to use `FOO` and `BAR` inside your keymap.
+
+```c
+enum my_keycodes {
+  FOO = SAFE_RANGE,
+  BAR
+};
+```
+
+## Programming the Behavior of Any Keycode
+
+When you want to override the behavior of an existing key, or define the behavior for a new key, you should use the `process_record_kb()` and `process_record_user()` functions. These are called by QMK during key processing before the actual key event is handled. If these functions return `true` QMK will process the keycodes as usual. That can be handy for extending the functionality of a key rather than replacing it. If these functions return `false` QMK will skip the normal key handling, and it will be up to you to send any key up or down events that are required.
+
+These function are called every time a key is pressed or released.
+
+### Example `process_record_user()` Implementation
+
+This example does two things. It defines the behavior for a custom keycode called `FOO`, and it supplements our Enter key by playing a tone whenever it is pressed.
+
+```c
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case FOO:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // Do something when pressed
+      } else {
+        // Do something else when release
+      }
+      return false; // Skip all further processing of this key
+    case KC_ENTER:
+      // Play a tone when enter is pressed
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
+      }
+      return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
+    default:
+      return true; // Process all other keycodes normally
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### `process_record_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
+* Keymap: `bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
+
+The `keycode` argument is whatever is defined in your keymap, eg `MO(1)`, `KC_L`, etc. You should use a `switch...case` block to handle these events.
+
+The `record` argument contains information about the actual press:
+
+```c
+keyrecord_t record {
+  keyevent_t event {
+    keypos_t key {
+      uint8_t col
+      uint8_t row
+    }
+    bool     pressed
+    uint16_t time
+  }
+}
+```
+
+# LED Control
+
+This allows you to control the 5 LED's defined as part of the USB Keyboard spec. It will be called when the state of one of those 5 LEDs changes.
+
+* `USB_LED_NUM_LOCK`
+* `USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK`
+* `USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK`
+* `USB_LED_COMPOSE`
+* `USB_LED_KANA`
+
+### Example `led_set_user()` Implementation
+
+```c
+void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<0);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<0);
+    }
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<1);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<1);
+    }
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<2);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<2);
+    }
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_COMPOSE)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<3);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<3);
+    }
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_KANA)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<4);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<4);
+    }
+}
+```
+
+### `led_set_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)`
+* Keymap: `void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led)`
+
+
+# Matrix Initialization Code
+
+Before a keyboard can be used the hardware must be initialized. QMK handles initialization of the keyboard matrix itself, but if you have other hardware like LED's or i&#xb2;c controllers you will need to set up that hardware before it can be used.
+
+
+### Example `matrix_init_user()` Implementation
+
+This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
+
+```c
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+  // Call the keymap level matrix init.
+
+  // Set our LED pins as output
+  DDRB |= (1<<1);
+  DDRB |= (1<<2);
+  DDRB |= (1<<3);
+}
+```
+
+### `matrix_init_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_init_kb(void)`
+* Keymap: `void matrix_init_user(void)`
+
+# Matrix Scanning Code
+
+Whenever possible you should customize your keyboard by using `process_record_*()` and hooking into events that way, to ensure that your code does not have a negative performance impact on your keyboard. However, in rare cases it is necessary to hook into the matrix scanning. Be extremely careful with the performance of code in these functions, as it will be called at least 10 times per second.
+
+### Example `matrix_scan_*` Implementation
+
+This example has been deliberately omitted. You should understand enough about QMK internals to write this without an example before hooking into such a performance sensitive area. If you need help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) or [chat with us on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
+
+### `matrix_scan_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_scan_kb(void)`
+* Keymap: `void matrix_scan_user(void)`
+
+This function gets called at every matrix scan, which is basically as often as the MCU can handle. Be careful what you put here, as it will get run a lot.
+
+You should use this function if you need custom matrix scanning code. It can also be used for custom status output (such as LED's or a display) or other functionality that you want to trigger regularly even when the user isn't typing.
+
+
+# Keyboard Idling/Wake Code
+
+If the board supports it, it can be "idled", by stopping a number of functions.  A good example of this is RGB lights or backlights.   This can save on power consumption, or may be better behavior for your keyboard.
+
+This is controlled by two functions: `suspend_power_down_*` and `suspend_wakeup_init_*`, which are called when the system is board is idled and when it wakes up, respectively.
+
+
+### Example suspend_power_down_user() and suspend_wakeup_init_user() Implementation
+
+This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
+
+```c
+void suspend_power_down_user(void)
+{
+    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
+}
+
+void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)
+{
+    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
+}
+
+```
+
+### `keyboard_init_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` and `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
+* Keymap: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` and `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
+
+# Layer Change Code
+
+This runs code every time that the layers get changed.  This can be useful for layer indication, or custom layer handling.
+
+### Example `layer_state_set_*` Implementation
+
+This example shows how to set the [RGB Underglow](feature_rgblight.md) lights based on the layer, using the Planck as an example
+
+```c
+uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
+    switch (biton32(state)) {
+    case _RAISE:
+        rgblight_setrgb (0x00,  0x00, 0xFF);
+        break;
+    case _LOWER:
+        rgblight_setrgb (0xFF,  0x00, 0x00);
+        break;
+    case _PLOVER:
+        rgblight_setrgb (0x00,  0xFF, 0x00);
+        break;
+    case _ADJUST:
+        rgblight_setrgb (0x7A,  0x00, 0xFF);
+        break;
+    default: //  for any other layers, or the default layer
+        rgblight_setrgb (0x00,  0xFF, 0xFF);
+        break;
+    }
+  return state;
+}
+```
+### `layer_state_set_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void uint32_t layer_state_set_kb(uint32_t state)`
+* Keymap: `uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state)`
+
+The `state` is the bitmask of the active layers, as explained in the [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-layer-status)
+
+
+# Persistent Configuration (EEPROM)
+
+This allows you to configure persistent settings for your keyboard.  These settings are stored in the EEPROM of your controller, and are retained even after power loss. The settings can be read with `eeconfig_read_kb` and `eeconfig_read_user`, and can be written to using `eeconfig_update_kb` and `eeconfig_update_user`. This is useful for features that you want to be able to toggle (like toggling rgb layer indication).  Additionally, you can use `eeconfig_init_kb` and `eeconfig_init_user` to set the default values for the EEPROM. 
+
+The complicated part here, is that there are a bunch of ways that you can store and access data via EEPROM, and there is no "correct" way to do this.  However, you only have a DWORD (4 bytes) for each function.
+
+Keep in mind that EEPROM has a limited number of writes. While this is very high, it's not the only thing writing to the EEPROM, and if you write too often, you can potentially drastically shorten the life of your MCU.
+
+* If you don't understand the example, then you may want to avoid using this feature, as it is rather complicated. 
+
+### Example  Implementation
+
+This is an example of how to add settings, and read and write it. We're using the user keymap for the example here.  This is a complex function, and has a lot going on.  In fact, it uses a lot of the above functions to work! 
+
+
+In your keymap.c file, add this to the top:
+```
+typedef union {
+  uint32_t raw;
+  struct {
+    bool     rgb_layer_change :1;
+  };
+} user_config_t;
+
+user_config_t user_config;
+```
+
+This sets up a 32 bit structure that we can store settings with in memory, and write to the EEPROM. Using this removes the need to define variables, since they're defined in this structure. Remember that `bool` (boolean) values use 1 bit, `uint8_t` uses 8 bits, `uint16_t` uses up 16 bits.  You can mix and match, but changing the order can cause issues, as it will change the values that are read and written. 
+
+We're using `rgb_layer_change`, for the `layer_state_set_*` function, and use `matrix_init_user` and `process_record_user` to configure everything. 
+
+Now, using the `matrix_init_user` code above, you want to add `eeconfig_read_user()` to it, to populate the structure you've just created. And you can then immediately use this structure to control functionality in your keymap.  And It should look like: 
+```
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+  // Call the keymap level matrix init.
+
+  // Read the user config from EEPROM
+  user_config.raw = eeconfig_read_user();
+
+  // Set default layer, if enabled
+  if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) {
+    rgblight_enable_noeeprom();
+    rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan(); 
+    rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1);
+  }
+}
+```
+The above function will use the EEPROM config immediately after reading it, to set the default layer's RGB color. The "raw" value of it is converted in a usable structure based on the "union" that you created above. 
+
+```
+uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
+    switch (biton32(state)) {
+    case _RAISE:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_magenta(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _LOWER:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_red(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _PLOVER:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_green(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _ADJUST:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_white(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    default: //  for any other layers, or the default layer
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    }
+  return state;
+}
+```
+This will cause the RGB underglow to be changed ONLY if the value was enabled.  Now to configure this value, create a new keycode for `process_record_user` called `RGB_LYR` and `EPRM`. Additionally, we want to make sure that if you use the normal RGB codes, that it turns off  Using the example above, make it look this:
+```
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case FOO:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // Do something when pressed
+      } else {
+        // Do something else when release
+      }
+      return false; // Skip all further processing of this key
+    case KC_ENTER:
+        // Play a tone when enter is pressed
+        if (record->event.pressed) {
+            PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
+        }
+        return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
+    case EPRM:
+        if (record->event.pressed) {
+            eeconfig_init(); // resets the EEPROM to default
+        }
+        return false;
+    case RGB_LYR:  // This allows me to use underglow as layer indication, or as normal
+        if (record->event.pressed) { 
+            user_config.rgb_layer_change ^= 1; // Toggles the status
+            eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Writes the new status to EEPROM
+            if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { // if layer state indication is enabled, 
+                layer_state_set(layer_state);   // then immediately update the layer color
+            }
+        }
+        return false; break;
+    case RGB_MODE_FORWARD ... RGB_MODE_GRADIENT: // For any of the RGB codes (see quantum_keycodes.h, L400 for reference)
+        if (record->event.pressed) { //This disables layer indication, as it's assumed that if you're changing this ... you want that disabled
+            if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) {        // only if this is enabled 
+                user_config.rgb_layer_change = false;  // disable it, and 
+                eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // write the setings to EEPROM
+            }
+        }
+        return true; break;
+    default:
+      return true; // Process all other keycodes normally
+  }
+}
+```
+And lastly, you want to add the `eeconfig_init_user` function, so that when the EEPROM is reset, you can specify default values, and even custom actions. For example, if you want to set rgb layer indication by default, and save the default valued. 
+
+```
+void eeconfig_init_user(void) {  // EEPROM is getting reset! 
+  user_config.rgb_layer_change = true; // We want this enabled by default
+  eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Write default value to EEPROM now
+
+  // use the non noeeprom versions, to write these values to EEPROM too
+  rgblight_enable(); // Enable RGB by default
+  rgblight_sethsv_cyan();  // Set it to CYAN by default
+  rgblight_mode(1); // set to solid by default
+}
+```
+
+And you're done.  The RGB layer indication will only work if you want it to. And it will be saved, even after unplugging the board. And if you use any of the RGB codes, it will disable the layer indication, so that it stays on the mode and color that you set it to. 
+
+### 'EECONFIG' Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void eeconfig_init_kb(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_kb(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_kb(uint32_t val)`
+* Keymap: `void eeconfig_init_user(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_user(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_user(uint32_t val)`
+
+The `val` is the value of the data that you want to write to EEPROM.  And the `eeconfig_read_*` function return a 32 bit (DWORD) value from the EEPROM. 

docs/documentation_best_practices.md

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# Documentation Best Practices
+
+This page exists to document best practices when writing documentation for QMK. Following these guidelines will help to keep a consistent tone and style, which will in turn help other people more easily understand QMK.
+
+# Page Opening
+
+Your documentation page should generally start with an H1 heading, followed by a 1 paragraph description of what the user will find on this page. Keep in mind that this heading and paragraph will sit next to the Table of Contents, so keep the heading short and avoid long strings with no whitespace.
+
+Example:
+
+```
+# My Page Title
+
+This page covers my super cool feature. You can use this feature to make coffee, squeeze fresh oj, and have an egg mcmuffin and hashbrowns delivered from your local macca's by drone.
+```
+
+# Headings
+
+Your page should generally have multiple "H1" headings. Only H1 and H2 headings will included in the Table of Contents, so plan them out appropriately. Excess width should be avoided in H1 and H2 headings to prevent the Table of Contents from getting too wide.
+
+# Styled Hint Blocks
+
+You can have styled hint blocks drawn around text to draw attention to it.
+
+### Important
+
+```
+!> This is important
+```
+
+Renders as:
+
+!> This is important
+
+### General Tips
+
+```
+?> This is a helpful tip.
+```
+
+Renders as:
+
+?> This is a helpful tip.
+
+
+# Documenting Features
+
+If you create a new feature for QMK, create a documentation page for it. It doesn't have to be very long, a few sentences describing your feature and a table listing any relevant keycodes is enough. Here is a basic template:
+
+```markdown
+# My Cool Feature
+
+This page describes my cool feature. You can use my cool feature to make coffee and order cream and sugar to be delivered via drone.
+
+## My Cool Feature Keycodes
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_COFFEE||Make Coffee|
+|KC_CREAM||Order Cream|
+|KC_SUGAR||Order Sugar|
+```
+
+Place your documentation into `docs/feature_<my_cool_feature>.md`, and add that file to the appropriate place in `docs/_sidebar.md`. If you have added any keycodes be sure to add them to `docs/keycodes.md` with a link back to your feature page.

docs/documentation_templates.md

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Documentation Templates
+
+This page documents the templates you should use when submitting new Keymaps and Keyboards to QMK.
+
+## Keymap `readme.md` Template
+
+Most keymaps have an image depicting the layout. You can use [Keyboard Layout Editor](http://keyboard-layout-editor.com) to create an image. Upload it to [Imgur](http://imgur.com) or another hosting service, please do not include images in your Pull Request.
+
+Below the image you should write a short description to help people understand your keymap.
+
+```
+![Clueboard Layout Image](http://i.imgur.com/7Capi8W.png)
+
+# Default Clueboard Layout
+
+This is the default layout that comes flashed on every Clueboard. For the most
+part it's a straightforward and easy to follow layout. The only unusual key is
+the key in the upper left, which sends Escape normally, but Grave when any of
+the Ctrl, Alt, or GUI modifiers are held down.
+```
+
+## Keyboard `readme.md` Template
+
+```
+# Planck
+
+![Planck](http://i.imgur.com/q2M3uEU.jpg)
+
+A compact 40% (12x4) ortholinear keyboard kit made and sold by OLKB and Massdrop. [More info on qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm/planck/)
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: [Jack Humbert](https://github.com/jackhumbert)  
+Hardware Supported: Planck PCB rev1, rev2, rev3, rev4, Teensy 2.0  
+Hardware Availability: [OLKB.com](https://olkb.com), [Massdrop](https://www.massdrop.com/buy/planck-mechanical-keyboard?mode=guest_open)
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make planck/rev4:default
+
+See the [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/getting_started_build_tools) and the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/getting_started_make_guide) for more information. Brand new to QMK? Start with our [Complete Newbs Guide](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/newbs).
+```
+
+There needs to be two spaces at the end of the `Keyboard Maintainer` and `Hardware Supported` lines for it to render correctly with Markdown.

docs/eclipse.md

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# Setting up Eclipse for QMK Development
+
+[Eclipse][1] is an open-source [Integrated Development Environment](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Integrated_development_environment) (IDE) widely used for Java development, but with an extensible plugin system that allows to customize it for other languages and usages.
+
+Using an IDE such as Eclipse provides many advantages over a plain text editor, such as:
+* intelligent code completion
+* convenient navigation in the code
+* refactoring tools
+* build automation (no need for the command-line)
+* a GUI for GIT
+* static code analysis
+* many other tools such as debugging, code formatting, showing call hierarchies etc.
+
+The purpose of the is page is to document how to set-up Eclipse for developing AVR software, and working on the QMK code base.
+
+Note that this set-up has been tested on Ubuntu 16.04 only for the moment.
+
+# Prerequisites
+## Build Environment
+Before starting, you must have followed the [Getting Started](README.md#getting-started) section corresponding to your system. In particular, you must have been able to build the firmware with [the `make` command](../#the-make-command).
+
+## Java
+Eclipse is a Java application, so you will need to install Java 8 or more recent to be able to run it. You may choose between the JRE or the JDK, the latter being useful if you intend to do Java development.
+
+# Install Eclipse and Its Plugins
+Eclipse comes in [several flavours](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/) depending on the target usage that you will have. There is no package comprising the AVR stack, so we will need to start from Eclipse CDT (C/C++ Development Tooling) and install the necessary plugins.
+
+## Download and Install Eclipse CDT
+If you already have Eclipse CDT on your system, you can skip this step. However it is advised to keep it up-to-date for better support.
+
+If you have another Eclipse package installed, it is normally possible to [install the CDT plugin over it](https://eclipse.org/cdt/downloads.php). However it is probably better to reinstall it from scratch to keep it light and avoid the clutter of tools that you don't need for the projects you will be working on.
+
+Installation is very simple: follow the [5 Steps to Install Eclipse](https://eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/?show_instructions=TRUE), and choose **Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers** at Step 3.
+
+Alternatively, you can also directly [download Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/) ([direct link to current version](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/packages/eclipse-ide-cc-developers/neonr)) and extract the package to the location of your choice (this creates an `eclipse` folder).
+
+## First Launch
+When installation is complete, click the <kbd>Launch</kbd> button. (If you extracted the package manually, open the Eclipse installation folder and double-click the `eclipse` executable)
+
+When you are prompted with the Workspace Selector, select a directory that will hold Eclipse metadata and usually your projects. **Do not select the `qmk_firmware` directory**, this will be the project directory. Select the parent folder instead, or another (preferably empty) folder of your choice (the default is fine if you do not use it yet).
+
+Once started, click the <kbd>Workbench</kbd> button at the top right to switch to the workbench view (there is a also checkbox at the bottom to skip the welcome screen at startup).
+
+## Install the Necessary Plugins
+Note: you do not need to restart Eclipse after installing each plugin. Simply restart once all plugins are installed.
+
+### [The AVR Plugin](http://avr-eclipse.sourceforge.net/)
+This is the most important plugin as it will allow Eclipse to _understand_ AVR C code. Follow [the instructions for using the update site](http://avr-eclipse.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Plugin_Download#Update_Site), and agree with the security warning for unsigned content.
+
+### [ANSI Escape in Console](https://marketplace.eclipse.org/content/ansi-escape-console)
+This plugin is necessary to properly display the colored build output generated by the QMK makefile.
+
+1. Open <kbd><kbd>Help</kbd> > <kbd>Eclipse Marketplace…</kbd></kbd>
+2. Search for _ANSI Escape in Console_
+3. Click the <samp>Install</samp> button of the plugin
+4. Follow the instructions and agree again with the security warning for unsigned content.
+
+Once both plugins are installed, restart Eclipse as prompted.
+
+# Configure Eclipse for QMK
+## Importing the Project
+1. Click <kbd><kbd>File</kbd> > <kbd>New</kbd> > <kbd>Makefile Project with Existing Code</kbd></kbd>
+2. On the next screen:
+  * Select the directory where you cloned the repository as _Existing Code Location_;
+  * (Optional) Give a different name to the project¹, e.g. _QMK_ or _Quantum_;
+  * Select the _AVR-GCC Toolchain_;
+  * Keep the rest as-is and click <kbd>Finish</kbd>
+
+  ![Importing QMK in Eclipse](http://i.imgur.com/oHYR1yW.png)
+
+3. The project will now be loaded and indexed. Its files can be browsed easily through the _Project Explorer_ on the left.
+
+¹ There might be issues for importing the project with a custom name. If it does not work properly, try leaving the default project name (i.e. the name of the directory, probably `qmk_firmware`).
+
+## Build Your Keyboard
+We will now configure a make target that cleans the project and builds the keymap of your choice.
+
+1. On the right side of the screen, select the <kbd>Make Target</kbd> tab
+2. Expand the folder structure to the keyboard of your choice, e.g. `qmk_firmware/keyboards/ergodox`
+3. Right-click on the keyboard folder and select <kbd>New…</kbd> (or select the folder and click the <kbd>New Make Target</kbd> icon above the tree)
+4. Choose a name for your build target, e.g. _clean \<your keymap\>_
+5. Make Target: this is the arguments that you give to `make` when building from the command line. If your target name does not match these arguments, uncheck <kbd>Same as target name</kbd> and input the correct arguments, e.g. `clean <your keymap>`
+6. Leave the other options checked and click <kbd>OK</kbd>. Your make target will now appear under the selected keyboard.
+7. (Optional) Toggle the <kbd>Hide Empty Folders</kbd> icon button above the targets tree to only show your build target.
+8. Double-click the build target you created to trigger a build.
+9. Select the <kbd>Console</kbd> view at the bottom to view the running build.
+
+  [1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eclipse_(software)

docs/faq.md

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Frequently Asked Questions
+
+* [General](faq_general.md)
+* [Building or Compiling QMK](faq_build.md)
+* [Debugging and Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
+* [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)

docs/faq_build.md

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Frequently Asked Build Questions
+
+This page covers questions about building QMK. If you haven't yet done so, you should read the [Build Environment Setup](getting_started_build_tools.md) and [Make Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md) guides.
+
+## Can't Program on Linux
+You will need proper permissions to operate a device. For Linux users, see the instructions regarding `udev` rules, below. If you have issues with `udev`, a work-around is to use the `sudo` command. If you are not familiar with this command, check its manual with `man sudo` or [see this webpage](https://linux.die.net/man/8/sudo).
+
+An example of using `sudo`, when your controller is ATMega32u4:
+
+    $ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase --force
+    $ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash your.hex
+    $ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 reset
+
+or just:
+
+    $ sudo make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
+
+Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally *not* a good idea, and you should use one of the former methods, if possible.
+
+### Linux `udev` Rules
+On Linux, you'll need proper privileges to access the MCU. You can either use
+`sudo` when flashing firmware, or place these files in `/etc/udev/rules.d/`.
+
+**/etc/udev/rules.d/50-atmel-dfu.rules:**
+```
+# Atmel ATMega32U4
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff4", MODE:="0666"
+# Atmel USBKEY AT90USB1287
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ffb", MODE:="0666"
+# Atmel ATMega32U2
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff0", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+**/etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules:**
+```
+# tmk keyboard products     https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+## Unknown Device for DFU Bootloader
+
+If you're using Windows to flash your keyboard, and you are running into issues, check the Device Manager.  If you see an "Unknown Device" when the keyboard is in "bootloader mode", then you may have a driver issue. 
+
+Re-running the installation script for MSYS2 may help (eg run `./util/qmk_install.sh` from MSYS2/WSL) or reinstalling the QMK Toolbox may fix the issue. 
+
+If that doesn't work, then you may need to grab the [Zadig Utility](https://zadig.akeo.ie/). Download this, find the device in question, and select the `WinUS(libusb-1.0)` option, and hit "Reinstall driver". Once you've done that, try flashing your board, again. 
+
+## WINAVR is Obsolete
+It is no longer recommended and may cause some problem.
+See [TMK Issue #99](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/99).
+
+## USB VID and PID
+You can use any ID you want with editing `config.h`. Using any presumably unused ID will be no problem in fact except for very low chance of collision with other product.
+
+Most boards in QMK use `0xFEED` as the vendor ID. You should look through other keyboards to make sure you pick a unique Product ID.
+
+Also see this.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/150
+
+You can buy a really unique VID:PID here. I don't think you need this for personal use.
+- http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
+- http://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
+
+## Cortex: `cstddef: No such file or directory`
+GCC 4.8 of Ubuntu 14.04 had this problem and had to update to 4.9 with this PPA.
+https://launchpad.net/~terry.guo/+archive/ubuntu/gcc-arm-embedded
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/212
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/mbed-cortex-porting#compile-error-cstddef
+https://developer.mbed.org/forum/mbed/topic/5205/
+
+## `clock_prescale_set` and `clock_div_1` Not Available
+Your toolchain is too old to support the MCU. For example WinAVR 20100110 doesn't support ATMega32u2.
+
+```
+Compiling C: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c
+avr-gcc -c -mmcu=atmega32u2 -gdwarf-2 -DF_CPU=16000000UL -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096 -DF_USB=16000000UL -DARCH=ARCH_AVR8 -DUSB_DEVICE_ONLY -DUSE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" -DFIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8  -DFIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 -DPROTOCOL_LUFA -DEXTRAKEY_ENABLE -DCONSOLE_ENABLE -DCOMMAND_ENABLE -DVERSION=unknown -Os -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct -fshort-enums -fno-strict-aliasing -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wa,-adhlns=obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.lst -I. -I../../tmk_core -I../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa -I../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git -I../../tmk_core/common -std=gnu99 -include config.h -MMD -MP -MF .dep/obj_alps64_protocol_lufa_lufa.o.d  ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c -o obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.o
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c: In function 'setup_mcu':
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: warning: implicit declaration of function 'clock_prescale_set'
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: 'clock_div_1' undeclared (first use in this function)
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: for each function it appears in.)
+make: *** [obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.o] Error 1
+```
+
+
+## BOOTLOADER_SIZE for AVR
+Note that Teensy2.0++ bootloader size is 2048byte. Some Makefiles may have wrong comment.
+
+```
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 2048
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096       (TMK Alt Controller)
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=2048
+```
+
+## `avr-gcc: internal compiler error: Abort trap: 6 (program cc1)` on MacOS
+This is an issue with updating on brew, causing symlinks that avr-gcc depend on getting mangled. 
+
+The solution is to remove and reinstall all affected modules. 
+
+```
+brew rm avr-gcc
+brew rm dfu-programmer
+brew rm dfu-util
+brew rm gcc-arm-none-eabi
+brew rm avrdude
+brew install avr-gcc
+brew install dfu-programmer
+brew install dfu-util
+brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
+brew install avrdude
+```
+
+### avr-gcc 8.1 and LUFA
+
+If you updated your avr-gcc to above 7 you may see errors involving LUFA. For example:
+
+`lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h:380:5: error: 'const' attribute on function returning 'void'`
+
+For now, you need to rollback avr-gcc to 7 in brew.
+
+```
+brew uninstall --force avr-gcc
+brew install avr-gcc@7
+brew link --force avr-gcc@7
+```

docs/faq_debug.md

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+# Debugging FAQ
+
+This page details various common questions people have about troubleshooting their keyboards.
+
+# Debug Console
+
+## `hid_listen` Can't Recognize Device
+When debug console of your device is not ready you will see like this:
+
+```
+Waiting for device:.........
+```
+
+once the device is plugged in then *hid_listen* finds it you will get this message:
+
+```
+Waiting for new device:.........................
+Listening:
+```
+
+If you can't get this 'Listening:' message try building with `CONSOLE_ENABLE=yes` in [Makefile]
+
+You may need privilege to access the device on OS like Linux.
+- try `sudo hid_listen`
+
+## Can't Get Message on Console
+Check:
+- *hid_listen* finds your device. See above.
+- Enable debug with pressing **Magic**+d. See [Magic Commands](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#magic-commands).
+- set `debug_enable=true` usually in `matrix_init()` in **matrix.c**.
+- try using 'print' function instead of debug print. See **common/print.h**.
+- disconnect other devices with console function. See [Issue #97](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/97).
+
+## Linux or UNIX Like System Requires Super User Privilege
+Just use 'sudo' to execute *hid_listen* with privilege.
+```
+$ sudo hid_listen
+```
+
+Or add an *udev rule* for TMK devices with placing a file in rules directory. The directory may vary on each system.
+
+File: /etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules(in case of Ubuntu)
+```
+# tmk keyboard products     https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+***
+
+# Miscellaneous
+## Safety Considerations
+
+You probably don't want to "brick" your keyboard, making it impossible
+to rewrite firmware onto it.  Here are some of the parameters to show
+what things are (and likely aren't) too risky.
+
+- If your keyboard map does not include RESET, then, to get into DFU
+  mode, you will need to press the reset button on the PCB, which
+  requires unscrewing the bottom.
+- Messing with tmk_core / common files might make the keyboard
+  inoperable
+- Too large a .hex file is trouble; `make dfu` will erase the block,
+  test the size (oops, wrong order!), which errors out, failing to
+  flash the keyboard, leaving it in DFU mode.
+  - To this end, note that the maximum .hex file size on Planck is
+    7000h (28672 decimal)
+
+```
+Linking: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.elf                                                            [OK]
+Creating load file for Flash: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex                                       [OK]
+
+Size after:
+   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
+      0   22396       0   22396    577c planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex
+```
+
+  - The above file is of size 22396/577ch, which is less than
+    28672/7000h
+  - As long as you have a suitable alternative .hex file around, you
+    can retry, loading that one
+  - Some of the options you might specify in your keyboard's Makefile
+    consume extra memory; watch out for BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE,
+    MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, EXTRAKEY_ENABLE, CONSOLE_ENABLE, API_SYSEX_ENABLE
+- DFU tools do /not/ allow you to write into the bootloader (unless
+  you throw in extra fruit salad of options), so there is little risk
+  there.
+- EEPROM has around a 100000 write cycle.  You shouldn't rewrite the
+  firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
+  eventually.
+## NKRO Doesn't work
+First you have to compile firmware with this build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
+
+Try `Magic` **N** command(`LShift+RShift+N` by default) when **NKRO** still doesn't work. You can use this command to toggle between **NKRO** and **6KRO** mode temporarily. In some situations **NKRO** doesn't work you need to switch to **6KRO** mode, in particular when you are in BIOS.
+
+If your firmware built with `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE` you need to turn its switch on by `BootMagic` **N** command(`Space+N` by default). This setting is stored in EEPROM and kept over power cycles.
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switch
+
+
+## TrackPoint Needs Reset Circuit (PS/2 Mouse Support)
+Without reset circuit you will have inconsistent result due to improper initialize of the hardware. See circuit schematic of TPM754.
+
+- http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
+- http://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
+
+
+## Can't Read Column of Matrix Beyond 16
+Use `1UL<<16` instead of `1<<16` in `read_cols()` in [matrix.h] when your columns goes beyond 16.
+
+In C `1` means one of [int] type which is [16 bit] in case of AVR so you can't shift left more than 15. You will get unexpected zero when you say `1<<16`. You have to use [unsigned long] type with `1UL`.
+
+http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
+
+
+## Bootloader Jump Doesn't Work
+Properly configure bootloader size in **Makefile**. With wrong section size bootloader won't probably start with **Magic command** and **Boot Magic**.
+```
+# Size of Bootloaders in bytes:
+#   Atmel DFU loader(ATmega32U4)   4096
+#   Atmel DFU loader(AT90USB128)   8192
+#   LUFA bootloader(ATmega32U4)    4096
+#   Arduino Caterina(ATmega32U4)   4096
+#   USBaspLoader(ATmega***)        2048
+#   Teensy   halfKay(ATmega32U4)   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay(AT90USB128)   2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+```
+AVR Boot section size are defined by setting **BOOTSZ** fuse in fact. Consult with your MCU datasheet.
+Note that **Word**(2 bytes) size and address are used in datasheet while TMK uses **Byte**.
+
+AVR Boot section is located at end of Flash memory like the followings.
+```
+byte     Atmel/LUFA(ATMega32u4)          byte     Atmel(AT90SUB1286)
+0x0000   +---------------+               0x00000  +---------------+
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |  Application  |                        |  Application  |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         =               =                        =               =
+         |               | 32KB-4KB               |               | 128KB-8KB
+0x6000   +---------------+               0x1E000  +---------------+
+         |  Bootloader   | 4KB                    |  Bootloader   | 8KB
+0x7FFF   +---------------+               0x1FFFF  +---------------+
+
+
+byte     Teensy(ATMega32u4)              byte     Teensy++(AT90SUB1286)
+0x0000   +---------------+               0x00000  +---------------+
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |  Application  |                        |  Application  |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         =               =                        =               =
+         |               | 32KB-512B              |               | 128KB-2KB
+0x7E00   +---------------+               0x1FC00  +---------------+
+         |  Bootloader   | 512B                   |  Bootloader   | 2KB
+0x7FFF   +---------------+               0x1FFFF  +---------------+
+```
+
+And see this discussion for further reference.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/179
+
+If you are using a TeensyUSB, there is a [known bug](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/164) in which the hardware reset button prevents the RESET key from working. Unplugging the keyboard and plugging it back in should resolve the problem.
+
+## Special Extra Key Doesn't Work (System, Audio Control Keys)
+You need to define `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` in `rules.mk` to use them in QMK.
+
+```
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes          # Audio control and System control
+```
+
+## Wakeup from Sleep Doesn't Work
+
+In Windows check `Allow this device to wake the computer` setting in Power **Management property** tab of **Device Manager**. Also check BIOS setting.
+
+Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
+
+## Using Arduino?
+
+**Note that Arduino pin naming is different from actual chip.** For example, Arduino pin `D0` is not `PD0`. Check circuit with its schematics yourself.
+
+- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
+- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
+
+Arduino Leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
+
+
+## Using PF4-7 Pins of USB AVR?
+You need to set JTD bit of MCUCR yourself to use PF4-7 as GPIO. Those pins are configured to serve JTAG function by default. MCUs like ATMega*U* or AT90USB* are affected with this.
+
+If you are using Teensy this isn't needed. Teensy is shipped with JTAGEN fuse bit unprogrammed to disable the function.
+
+See this code.
+```
+    // JTAG disable for PORT F. write JTD bit twice within four cycles.
+    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
+    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
+```
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/keyboard/hbkb/matrix.c#L67
+
+And read **26.5.1 MCU Control Register – MCUCR** of ATMega32U4 datasheet.
+
+
+## Adding LED Indicators of Lock Keys
+You need your own LED indicators for CapsLock, ScrollLock and NumLock? See this post.
+
+http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-120.html#p191560
+
+## Program Arduino Micro/Leonardo
+Push reset button and then run command like this within 8 seconds.
+
+```
+avrdude -patmega32u4 -cavr109 -b57600 -Uflash:w:adb_usb.hex -P/dev/ttyACM0
+```
+
+Device name will vary depending on your system.
+
+http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardMicro
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1563867#msg1563867
+
+
+## USB 3 Compatibility
+I heard some people have a problem with USB 3 port, try USB 2 port.
+
+
+## Mac Compatibility
+### OS X 10.11 and Hub
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1884034#msg1884034
+
+
+## Problem on BIOS (UEFI)/Resume (Sleep & Wake)/Power Cycles
+Some people reported their keyboard stops working on BIOS and/or after resume(power cycles).
+
+As of now root of its cause is not clear but some build options seem to be related. In Makefile try to disable those options like `CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `SLEEP_LED_ENABLE` and/or others.
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/266
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1967778#msg1967778
+
+
+
+## FLIP Doesn't Work
+### `AtLibUsbDfu.dll` Not Found
+Remove current driver and reinstall one FLIP provides from DeviceManager.
+http://imgur.com/a/bnwzy

docs/faq_general.md

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Frequently Asked Questions
+
+## What is QMK?
+
+[QMK](https://github.com/qmk), short for Quantum Mechanical Keyboard, is a group of people building tools for custom keyboards. We started with the [QMK firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), a heavily modified fork of [TMK](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard).
+
+### Why the Name Quantum?
+
+<!-- FIXME -->
+
+## What Differences Are There Between QMK and TMK?
+
+TMK was originally designed and implemented by [Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk). QMK started as [Jack Humbert](https://github.com/jackhumbert)'s fork of TMK for the Planck. After a while Jack's fork had diverged quite a bit from TMK, and in 2015 Jack decided to rename his fork to QMK.
+
+From a technical standpoint QMK builds upon TMK by adding several new features. Most notably QMK has expanded the number of available keycodes and uses these to implement advanced features like `S()`, `LCTL()`, and `MO()`. You can see a complete list of these keycodes in [Keycodes](keycodes.md).
+
+From a project and community management standpoint TMK maintains all the officially supported keyboards by himself, with a bit of community support. Separate community maintained forks exist or can be created for other keyboards. Only a few keymaps are provided by default, so users typically don't share keymaps with each other. QMK encourages sharing of both keyboards and keymaps through a centrally managed repository, accepting all pull requests that follow the quality standards. These are mostly community maintained, but the QMK team also helps when necessary.
+
+Both approaches have their merits and their drawbacks, and code flows freely between TMK and QMK when it makes sense.

docs/faq_keymap.md

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+# Keymap FAQ
+
+This page covers questions people often have about keymaps. If you haven't you should read [Keymap Overview](keymap.md) first.
+
+## What Keycodes Can I Use?
+See [Keycodes](keycodes.md) for an index of keycodes available to you. These link to more extensive documentation when available.
+
+Keycodes are actually defined in [common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/keycode.h).
+
+## What Are the Default Keycodes?
+
+There are 3 standard keyboard layouts in use around the world- ANSI, ISO, and JIS. North America primarily uses ANSI, Europe and Africa primarily use ISO, and Japan uses JIS. Regions not mentioned typically use either ANSI or ISO. The keycodes corresponding to these layouts are shown here:
+
+<!-- Source for this image: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/070a530eedaed36a2d77f3f6fd455677 -->
+![Keyboard Layout Image](https://i.imgur.com/gvlNUpQ.png)
+
+## Some Of My Keys Are Swapped Or Not Working
+
+QMK has two features, Bootmagic and Command, which allow you to change the behavior of your keyboard on the fly. This includes, but is not limited to, swapping Ctrl/Caps, disabling Gui, swapping Alt/Gui, swapping Backspace/Backslash, disabling all keys, and other behavioral modifications. 
+
+As a quick fix try holding down `Space`+`Backspace` while you plug in your keyboard. This will reset the stored settings on your keyboard, returning those keys to normal operation. If that doesn't work look here:
+
+* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+* [Command](feature_command.md) 
+
+## The Menu Key Isn't Working
+
+The key found on most modern keyboards that is located between `KC_RGUI` and `KC_RCTL` is actually called `KC_APP`. This is because when that key was invented there was already a key named `MENU` in the relevant standards, so MS chose to call that the `APP` key.
+
+## `KC_SYSREQ` Isn't Working
+Use keycode for Print Screen(`KC_PSCREEN` or `KC_PSCR`) instead of `KC_SYSREQ`. Key combination of 'Alt + Print Screen' is recognized as 'System request'.
+
+See [issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168) and
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
+
+## Power Keys Aren't Working
+
+Somewhat confusingly, there are two "Power" keycodes in QMK: `KC_POWER` in the Keyboard/Keypad HID usage page, and `KC_SYSTEM_POWER` (or `KC_PWR`) in the Consumer page.
+
+The former is only recognized on macOS, while the latter, `KC_SLEP` and `KC_WAKE` are supported by all three major operating systems, so it is recommended to use those instead. Under Windows, these keys take effect immediately, however on macOS they must be held down until a dialog appears.
+
+## One Shot Modifier
+Solves my personal 'the' problem. I often got 'the' or 'THe' wrongly instead of 'The'.  One Shot Shift mitigates this for me.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/67
+
+## Modifier/Layer Stuck
+Modifier keys or layers can be stuck unless layer switching is configured properly.
+For Modifier keys and layer actions you have to place `KC_TRANS` on same position of destination layer to  unregister the modifier key or return to previous layer on release event.
+
+* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#31-momentary-switching
+* http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
+* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/248
+
+
+## Mechanical Lock Switch Support
+
+This feature is for *mechanical lock switch* like [this Alps one](http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock). You can enable it by adding this to your `config.h`:
+
+```
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+```
+
+After enabling this feature use keycodes `KC_LCAP`, `KC_LNUM` and `KC_LSCR` in your keymap instead.
+
+Old vintage mechanical keyboards occasionally have lock switches but modern ones don't have. ***You don't need this feature in most case and just use keycodes `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK` and `KC_SLCK`.***
+
+## Input Special Characters Other Than ASCII like Cédille 'Ç'
+NO UNIVERSAL METHOD TO INPUT THOSE WORKS OVER ALL SYSTEMS. You have to define **MACRO** in way specific to your OS or layout.
+
+See this post for example **MACRO** code.
+
+http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-120.html#p195620
+
+On **Windows** you can use `AltGr` key or **Alt code**.
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AltGr_key
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alt_code
+
+On **Mac** OS defines `Option` key combinations.
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Option_key#Alternative_keyboard_input
+
+On **Xorg** you can use `compose` key, instead.
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key
+
+And see this for **Unicode** input.
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input
+
+## `Fn` Key on macOS
+
+Unlike most Fn keys, the one on Apple keyboards actually has its own keycode... sort of. It takes the place of the sixth keycode in a basic 6KRO HID report -- so an Apple keyboard is in fact only 5KRO.
+
+It is technically possible to get QMK to send this key. However, doing so requires modification of the report format to add the state of the Fn key.
+Even worse, it is not recognized unless the keyboard's VID and PID match that of a real Apple keyboard. The legal issues that official QMK support for this feature may create mean it is unlikely to happen.
+
+See [this issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/2179) for detailed information.
+
+
+## Media Control Keys in Mac OSX
+#### KC_MNXT and KC_MPRV Does Not Work on Mac
+Use `KC_MFFD`(`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`) and `KC_MRWD`(`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`) instead of `KC_MNXT` and `KC_MPRV`.
+See https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/195
+
+
+## Keys Supported in Mac OSX?
+You can know which keycodes are supported in OSX from this source code.
+
+`usb_2_adb_keymap` array maps Keyboard/Keypad Page usages to ADB scancodes(OSX internal keycodes).
+
+https://opensource.apple.com/source/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDFamily-606.1.7/IOHIDFamily/Cosmo_USB2ADB.c
+
+And `IOHIDConsumer::dispatchConsumerEvent` handles Consumer page usages.
+
+https://opensource.apple.com/source/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDFamily-606.1.7/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDConsumer.cpp
+
+
+## JIS Keys in Mac OSX
+Japanese JIS keyboard specific keys like `無変換(Muhenkan)`, `変換(Henkan)`, `ひらがな(hiragana)` are not recognized on OSX. You can use **Seil** to enable those keys, try following options.
+
+* Enable NFER Key on PC keyboard
+* Enable XFER Key on PC keyboard
+* Enable KATAKANA Key on PC keyboard
+
+https://pqrs.org/osx/karabiner/seil.html
+
+
+## RN-42 Bluetooth Doesn't Work with Karabiner
+Karabiner - Keymapping tool on Mac OSX - ignores inputs from RN-42 module by default. You have to enable this option to make Karabiner working with your keyboard.
+https://github.com/tekezo/Karabiner/issues/403#issuecomment-102559237
+
+See these for the detail of this problem.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/213
+https://github.com/tekezo/Karabiner/issues/403
+
+
+## Esc and <code>&#96;</code> on a Single Key
+
+See the [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md) feature.
+
+## Arrow on Right Modifier Keys with Dual-Role
+This turns right modifier keys into arrow keys when the keys are tapped while still modifiers when the keys are hold. In TMK the dual-role function is dubbed **TAP**.
+```
+
+#include "keymap_common.h"
+
+
+/* Arrow keys on right modifier keys with TMK dual role feature
+ *
+ *  https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#213-modifier-with-tap-keydual-role
+ *  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
+ */
+const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+    /* 0: qwerty */
+    [0] = KEYMAP( \
+        ESC, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, NUHS,BSPC, \
+        TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, \
+        LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,ENT,  \
+        LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,FN0, ESC, \
+        FN4, LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     APP, FN2, FN1, FN3),
+    [1] = KEYMAP( \
+        GRV, F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12, TRNS,TRNS, \
+        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,\
+        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
+        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,FN5, TRNS, \
+        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,                    TRNS,FN7, FN6, FN8),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [0] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_UP),
+    [1] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RGUI, KC_DOWN),
+    [2] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_LEFT),
+    [3] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_RIGHT),
+    [4] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
+    [5] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_PGUP),
+    [6] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RGUI, KC_PGDN),
+    [7] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_HOME),
+    [8] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_END),
+};
+
+```
+
+Dual-role key: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
+
+
+## Eject on Mac OSX
+`KC_EJCT` keycode works on OSX. https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/250
+It seems Windows 10 ignores the code and Linux/Xorg recognizes but has no mapping by default.
+
+Not sure what keycode Eject is on genuine Apple keyboard actually. HHKB uses `F20` for Eject key(`Fn+f`) on Mac mode but this is not same as Apple Eject keycode probably.
+
+
+## What's `weak_mods` and `real_mods` in `action_util.c`
+___TO BE IMPROVED___
+
+real_mods is intended to retains state of real/physical modifier key state, while
+weak_mods retains state of virtual or temporary modifiers which should not affect state real modifier key.
+
+Let's say you hold down physical left shift key and type ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A),
+
+with weak_mods,
+* (1) hold down left shift: real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+* (2) press ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): weak_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+* (3) release ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): weak_mods &= ~MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+real_mods still keeps modifier state.
+
+without weak mods,
+* (1) hold down left shift: real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+* (2) press ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+* (3) release ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): real_mods &= ~MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+here real_mods lost state for 'physical left shift'.
+
+weak_mods is ORed with real_mods when keyboard report is sent.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/common/action_util.c#L57
+
+## Timer Functionality
+
+It's possible to start timers and read values for time-specific events - here's an example:
+
+```c
+static uint16_t key_timer;
+key_timer = timer_read();
+
+if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) < 100) {
+  // do something if less than 100ms have passed
+} else {
+  // do something if 100ms or more have passed
+}
+```
+
+It's best to declare the `static uint16_t key_timer;` at the top of the file, outside of any code blocks you're using it in.

docs/feature_advanced_keycodes.md

@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+# Advanced Keycodes
+
+Your keymap can include keycodes that are more advanced than normal, for example keys that switch layers or send modifiers when held, but send regular keycodes when tapped. This page documents the functions that are available to you.
+
+## Assigning Custom Names
+
+People often define custom names using `#define`. For example:
+
+```c
+#define FN_CAPS LT(_FL, KC_CAPSLOCK)
+#define ALT_TAB LALT(KC_TAB)
+```
+
+This will allow you to use `FN_CAPS` and `ALT_TAB` in your `KEYMAP()`, keeping it more readable.
+
+## Caveats
+
+Currently, `LT()` and `MT()` are limited to the [Basic Keycode set](keycodes_basic.md), meaning you can't use keycodes like `LCTL()`, `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than `0xFF`. Modifiers specified as part of a Layer Tap or Mod Tap's keycode will be ignored.
+
+Additionally, if at least one right-handed modifier is specified in a Mod Tap or Layer Tap, it will cause all modifiers specified to become right-handed, so it is not possible to mix and match the two.
+
+# Switching and Toggling Layers
+
+These functions allow you to activate layers in various ways. Note that layers are not generally independent layouts -- multiple layers can be activated at once, and it's typical for layers to use `KC_TRNS` to allow keypresses to pass through to lower layers. For a detailed explanation of layers, see [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-and-layers)
+
+* `DF(layer)` - switches the default layer. The default layer is the always-active base layer that other layers stack on top of. See below for more about the default layer. This might be used to switch from QWERTY to Dvorak layout. (Note that this is a temporary switch that only persists until the keyboard loses power. To modify the default layer in a persistent way requires deeper customization, such as calling the `set_single_persistent_default_layer` function inside of [process_record_user](custom_quantum_functions.md#programming-the-behavior-of-any-keycode).)
+* `MO(layer)` - momentarily activates *layer*. As soon as you let go of the key, the layer is deactivated. 
+* `LM(layer, mod)` - Momentarily activates *layer* (like `MO`), but with modifier(s) *mod* active. Only supports layers 0-15 and the left modifiers.
+* `LT(layer, kc)` - momentarily activates *layer* when held, and sends *kc* when tapped. Only supports layers 0-15.
+* `OSL(layer)` - momentarily activates *layer* until the next key is pressed. See [One Shot Keys](#one-shot-keys) for details and additional functionality.
+* `TG(layer)` - toggles *layer*, activating it if it's inactive and vice versa
+* `TO(layer)` - activates *layer* and de-activates all other layers (except your default layer). This function is special, because instead of just adding/removing one layer to your active layer stack, it will completely replace your current active layers, uniquely allowing you to replace higher layers with a lower one. This is activated on keydown (as soon as the key is pressed).
+* `TT(layer)` - Layer Tap-Toggle. If you hold the key down, *layer* is activated, and then is de-activated when you let go (like `MO`). If you repeatedly tap it, the layer will be toggled on or off (like `TG`). It needs 5 taps by default, but you can change this by defining `TAPPING_TOGGLE` -- for example, `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2` to toggle on just two taps.
+
+# Working with Layers
+
+Care must be taken when switching layers, it's possible to lock yourself into a layer with no way to deactivate that layer (without unplugging your keyboard.) We've created some guidelines to help users avoid the most common problems.
+
+## Beginners
+
+If you are just getting started with QMK you will want to keep everything simple. Follow these guidelines when setting up your layers:
+
+* Setup layer 0 as your default, "base" layer. This is your normal typing layer, and could be whatever layout you want (qwerty, dvorak, colemak, etc.). It's important to set this as the lowest layer since it will typically have most or all of the keyboard's keys defined, so would block other layers from having any effect if it were above them (i.e., had a higher layer number). 
+* Arrange your layers in a "tree" layout, with layer 0 as the root. Do not try to enter the same layer from more than one other layer.
+* In a layer's keymap, only reference higher-numbered layers. Because layers are processed from the highest-numbered (topmost) active layer down, modifying the state of lower layers can be tricky and error-prone.
+
+## Intermediate Users
+
+Sometimes you need more than one base layer. For example, if you want to switch between QWERTY and Dvorak, switch between layouts for different countries, or switch your layout for different videogames. Your base layers should always be the lowest numbered layers. When you have multiple base layers you should always treat them as mutually exclusive. When one base layer is on the others are off.
+
+## Advanced Users
+
+Once you have a good feel for how layers work and what you can do, you can get more creative. The rules listed in the beginner section will help you be successful by avoiding some of the tricker details but they can be constraining, especially for ultra-compact keyboard users. Understanding how layers work will allow you to use them in more advanced ways.
+
+Layers stack on top of each other in numerical order. When determining what a keypress does, QMK scans the layers from the top down, stopping when it reaches the first active layer that is not set to `KC_TRNS`. As a result if you activate a layer that is numerically lower than your current layer, and your current layer (or another layer that is active and higher than your target layer) has something other than `KC_TRNS`, that is the key that will be sent, not the key on the layer you just activated. This is the cause of most people's "why doesn't my layer get switched" problem.
+
+Sometimes, you might want to switch between layers in a macro or as part of a tap dance routine. `layer_on` activates a layer, and `layer_off` deactivates it. More layer-related functions can be found in [action_layer.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action_layer.h).
+
+# Modifier Keys
+
+These allow you to combine a modifier with a keycode. When pressed, the keydown event for the modifier, then `kc` will be sent. On release, the keyup event for `kc`, then the modifier will be sent.
+
+|Key       |Aliases               |Description                                         |
+|----------|----------------------|----------------------------------------------------|
+|`LCTL(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control and press `kc`                    |
+|`LSFT(kc)`|`S(kc)`               |Hold Left Shift and press `kc`                      |
+|`LALT(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Alt and press `kc`                        |
+|`LGUI(kc)`|`LCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Left GUI and press `kc`                        |
+|`RCTL(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Control and press `kc`                   |
+|`RSFT(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Shift and press `kc`                     |
+|`RALT(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Alt and press `kc`                       |
+|`RGUI(kc)`|`RCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Right GUI and press `kc`                       |
+|`HYPR(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI and press `kc`|
+|`MEH(kc)` |                      |Hold Left Control, Shift and Alt and press `kc`     |
+|`LCAG(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control, Alt and GUI and press `kc`       |
+|`SGUI(kc)`|`SCMD(kc)`, `SWIN(kc)`|Hold Left Shift and GUI and press `kc`              |
+|`LCA(kc)` |                      |Hold Left Control and Alt and press `kc`            |
+
+You can also chain them, for example `LCTL(LALT(KC_DEL))` makes a key that sends Control+Alt+Delete with a single keypress.
+
+# Mod-Tap
+
+The Mod-Tap key `MT(mod, kc)` acts like a modifier when held, and a regular keycode when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Escape when you tap it, but functions as a Control or Shift key when you hold it down.
+
+The modifiers this keycode and `OSM()` accept are prefixed with `MOD_`, not `KC_`:
+
+|Modifier  |Description                             |
+|----------|----------------------------------------|
+|`MOD_LCTL`|Left Control                            |
+|`MOD_LSFT`|Left Shift                              |
+|`MOD_LALT`|Left Alt                                |
+|`MOD_LGUI`|Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)     |
+|`MOD_RCTL`|Right Control                           |
+|`MOD_RSFT`|Right Shift                             |
+|`MOD_RALT`|Right Alt                               |
+|`MOD_RGUI`|Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)    |
+|`MOD_HYPR`|Hyper (Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI)|
+|`MOD_MEH` |Meh (Left Control, Shift, and Alt)      |
+
+You can combine these by ORing them together like so:
+
+```c
+MT(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC)
+```
+
+This key would activate Left Control and Left Shift when held, and send Escape when tapped.
+
+For convenience, QMK includes some Mod-Tap shortcuts to make common combinations more compact in your keymap:
+
+|Key         |Aliases                                |Description                                            |
+|------------|---------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LCTL_T(kc)`|`CTL_T(kc)`                            |Left Control when held, `kc` when tapped               |
+|`RCTL_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Control when held, `kc` when tapped              |
+|`LSFT_T(kc)`|`SFT_T(kc)`                            |Left Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                 |
+|`RSFT_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                |
+|`LALT_T(kc)`|`ALT_T(kc)`                            |Left Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
+|`RALT_T(kc)`|`ALGR_T(kc)`                           |Right Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
+|`LGUI_T(kc)`|`LCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)`, `GUI_T(kc)`|Left GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
+|`RGUI_T(kc)`|`RCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)`             |Right GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
+|`C_S_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control and Shift when held, `kc` when tapped     |
+|`MEH_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control, Shift and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|`LCAG_T(kc)`|                                       |Left Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped  |
+|`RCAG_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
+|`ALL_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped - more info [here](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)|
+|`SGUI_T(kc)`|`SCMD_T(kc)`, `SWIN_T(kc)`             |Left Shift and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped         |
+|`LCA_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped       |
+
+## Caveats
+
+Unfortunately, these keycodes cannot be used in Mod-Taps or Layer-Taps, since any modifiers specified in the keycode are ignored.
+
+Additionally, you may run into issues when using Remote Desktop Connection on Windows. Because these codes send shift very fast, Remote Desktop may miss the codes.
+
+To fix this, open Remote Desktop Connection, click on "Show Options", open the the "Local Resources" tab. In the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer". This will fix the issue, and allow the characters to work correctly.
+
+# One Shot Keys
+
+One shot keys are keys that remain active until the next key is pressed, and then are released. This allows you to type keyboard combinations without pressing more than one key at a time. These keys are usually called "Sticky keys" or "Dead keys".
+
+For example, if you define a key as `OSM(MOD_LSFT)`, you can type a capital A character by first pressing and releasing shift, and then pressing and releasing A. Your computer will see the shift key being held the moment shift is pressed, and it will see the shift key being released immediately after A is released.
+
+One shot keys also work as normal modifiers. If you hold down a one shot key and type other keys, your one shot will be released immediately after you let go of the key.
+
+Additionally, hitting keys five times in a short period will lock that key. This applies for both One Shot Modifiers and One Shot Layers, and is controlled by the `ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE` define.
+
+You can control the behavior of one shot keys by defining these in `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 5  /* Tapping this number of times holds the key until tapped this number of times again. */
+#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 5000  /* Time (in ms) before the one shot key is released */
+```
+
+* `OSM(mod)` - Momentarily hold down *mod*. You must use the `MOD_*` keycodes as shown in [Mod Tap](#mod-tap), not the `KC_*` codes.
+* `OSL(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*.
+
+Sometimes, you want to activate a one-shot key as part of a macro or tap dance routine.  
+
+For one shot layers, you need to call `set_oneshot_layer(LAYER, ONESHOT_START)` on key down, and `set_oneshot_layer(ONESHOT_PRESSED)` on key up. If you want to cancel the oneshot, call `reset_oneshot_layer()`.
+
+For one shot mods, you need to call `set_oneshot_mods(MOD)` to set it, or `clear_oneshot_mods()` to cancel it.
+
+!> If you're having issues with OSM translating over Remote Desktop Connection, this can be fixed by opening the settings, going to the "Local Resources" tap, and in the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer".  This will fix the issue and allow OSM to function properly over Remote Desktop.
+
+
+# Permissive Hold
+
+As of [PR#1359](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/1359/), there is a new `config.h` option:
+
+```c
+#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
+```
+
+This makes tap and hold keys (like Mod Tap) work better for fast typist, or for high `TAPPING_TERM` settings. 
+
+If you press a Mod Tap key, tap another key (press and release) and then release the Mod Tap key, all within the tapping term, it will output the "tapping" function for both keys.
+
+For Instance:
+
+- `SHFT_T(KC_A)` Down
+- `KC_X` Down
+- `KC_X` Up
+- `SHFT_T(KC_A)` Up
+
+Normally, if you do all this within the `TAPPING_TERM` (default: 200ms) this will be registered as `ax` by the firmware and host system. With permissive hold enabled, this modifies how this is handled by considering the Mod Tap keys as a Mod if another key is tapped, and would registered as `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`). 
+
+?> If you have `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` enabled, as well, this will modify how both work. The regular key has the modifier added if the first key is released first or if both keys are held longer than the `TAPPING_TERM`.
+
+# Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt
+
+To enable this setting, add this to your `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT
+```
+
+Similar to Permissive Hold, this alters how the firmware processes input for fast typist. If you press a Mod Tap key, press another key, release the Mod Tap key, and then release the normal key, it would normally output the "tapping" function for both keys. This may not be desirable for rolling combo keys. 
+
+Setting `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` requires  holding both keys for the `TAPPING_TERM` to trigger the hold function (the mod).
+
+For Instance:
+
+- `SHFT_T(KC_A)` Down
+- `KC_X` Down
+- `SHFT_T(KC_A)` Up
+- `KC_X` Up
+
+Normally, this would send `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`). With `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` enabled, holding both keys are required for the `TAPPING_TERM` to register the hold action. A quick tap will output `ax` in this case, while a hold on both will still output `X`  (`SHIFT`+`x`).
+
+
+?> __Note__: This only concerns modifiers and not layer switching keys.
+
+?> If you have `Permissive Hold` enabled, as well, this will modify how both work. The regular key has the modifier added if the first key is released first or if both keys are held longer than the `TAPPING_TERM`.
+
+# Tapping Force Hold
+
+To enable `tapping force hold`, add the following to your `config.h`: 
+
+```c
+#define TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD
+```
+
+When the user holds a key after tap, this repeats the tapped key rather to hold a modifier key.  This allows to use auto repeat for the tapped key.  
+
+Example:
+
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
+- wait more than tapping term...
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
+
+With default settings, `a` will be sent on the first release, then `a` will be sent on the second press allowing the computer to trigger its auto repeat function.
+
+With `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD`, the second press will be interpreted as a Shift, allowing to use it as a modifier shortly after having used it as a tap.
+
+!> `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD` will break anything that uses tapping toggles (Such as the `TT` layer keycode, and the One Shot Tapping Toggle).
+
+# Retro Tapping
+
+To enable `retro tapping`, add the following to your `config.h`: 
+
+```c
+#define RETRO_TAPPING
+```
+
+Holding and releasing a dual function key without pressing another key will result in nothing happening. With retro tapping enabled, releasing the key without pressing another will send the original keycode even if it is outside the tapping term.
+
+For instance, holding and releasing `LT(2, KC_SPACE)` without hitting another key will result in nothing happening. With this enabled, it will send `KC_SPACE` instead.

docs/feature_audio.md

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+# Audio
+
+Your keyboard can make sounds! If you've got a Planck, Preonic, or basically any AVR keyboard that allows access to certain PWM-capable pins, you can hook up a simple speaker and make it beep. You can use those beeps to indicate layer transitions, modifiers, special keys, or just to play some funky 8bit tunes.
+
+Up to two simultaneous audio voices are supported, one driven by timer 1 and another driven by timer 3.  The following pins can be defined as audio outputs in config.h:
+
+Timer 1:
+`#define B5_AUDIO`
+`#define B6_AUDIO`
+`#define B7_AUDIO`
+
+Timer 3:
+`#define C4_AUDIO`
+`#define C5_AUDIO`
+`#define C6_AUDIO`
+
+If you add `AUDIO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`, there's a couple different sounds that will automatically be enabled without any other configuration:
+
+```
+STARTUP_SONG // plays when the keyboard starts up (audio.c)
+GOODBYE_SONG // plays when you press the RESET key (quantum.c)
+AG_NORM_SONG // plays when you press AG_NORM (quantum.c)
+AG_SWAP_SONG // plays when you press AG_SWAP (quantum.c)
+MUSIC_ON_SONG // plays when music mode is activated (process_music.c)
+MUSIC_OFF_SONG // plays when music mode is deactivated (process_music.c)
+CHROMATIC_SONG // plays when the chromatic music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+GUITAR_SONG // plays when the guitar music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+VIOLIN_SONG // plays when the violin music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+MAJOR_SONG // plays when the major music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+```
+
+You can override the default songs by doing something like this in your `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(STARTUP_SOUND)
+#endif
+```
+
+A full list of sounds can be found in [quantum/audio/song_list.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/song_list.h) - feel free to add your own to this list! All available notes can be seen in [quantum/audio/musical_notes.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/musical_notes.h).
+
+To play a custom sound at a particular time, you can define a song like this (near the top of the file):
+
+```c
+float my_song[][2] = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+```
+
+And then play your song like this:
+
+```c
+PLAY_SONG(my_song);
+```
+
+Alternatively, you can play it in a loop like this:
+
+```c
+PLAY_LOOP(my_song);
+```
+
+It's advised that you wrap all audio features in `#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE` / `#endif` to avoid causing problems when audio isn't built into the keyboard.
+
+The available keycodes for audio are: 
+
+* `AU_ON` - Turn audio mode on
+* `AU_OFF` - Turn audio mode off
+* `AU_TOG` - Toggle audio mode
+
+
+## Music Mode
+
+The music mode maps your columns to a chromatic scale, and your rows to octaves. This works best with ortholinear keyboards, but can be made to work with others. All keycodes less than `0xFF` get blocked, so you won't type while playing notes - if you have special keys/mods, those will still work. A work-around for this is to jump to a different layer with KC_NOs before (or after) enabling music mode.
+
+Recording is experimental due to some memory issues - if you experience some weird behavior, unplugging/replugging your keyboard will fix things.
+
+Keycodes available:
+
+* `MU_ON` - Turn music mode on
+* `MU_OFF` - Turn music mode off
+* `MU_TOG` - Toggle music mode
+* `MU_MOD` - Cycle through the music modes:
+  * `CHROMATIC_MODE` - Chromatic scale, row changes the octave
+  * `GUITAR_MODE` - Chromatic scale, but the row changes the string (+5 st)
+  * `VIOLIN_MODE` - Chromatic scale, but the row changes the string (+7 st)
+  * `MAJOR_MODE` - Major scale
+
+In music mode, the following keycodes work differently, and don't pass through:
+
+* `LCTL` - start a recording
+* `LALT` - stop recording/stop playing
+* `LGUI` - play recording
+* `KC_UP` - speed-up playback
+* `KC_DOWN` - slow-down playback
+
+By default, `MUSIC_MASK` is set to `keycode < 0xFF` which means keycodes less than `0xFF` are turned into notes, and don't output anything. You can change this by defining this in your `config.h` like this:
+
+    #define MUSIC_MASK keycode != KC_NO
+
+Which will capture all keycodes - be careful, this will get you stuck in music mode until you restart your keyboard!
+
+For a more advanced way to control which keycodes should still be processed, you can use `music_mask_kb(keycode)` in `<keyboard>.c` and `music_mask_user(keycode)` in your `keymap.c`:
+
+    bool music_mask_user(uint16_t keycode) {
+      switch (keycode) {
+        case RAISE:
+        case LOWER:
+          return false;
+        default:
+          return true;
+      }
+    }
+
+Things that return false are not part of the mask, and are always processed.
+
+The pitch standard (`PITCH_STANDARD_A`) is 440.0f by default - to change this, add something like this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define PITCH_STANDARD_A 432.0f
+
+You can completely disable Music Mode as well. This is useful, if you're pressed for space on your controller.  To disable it, add this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define NO_MUSIC_MODE
+
+## Audio Click
+
+This adds a click sound each time you hit a button, to simulate click sounds from the keyboard. And the sounds are slightly different for each keypress, so it doesn't sound like a single long note, if you type rapidly. 
+
+* `CK_TOGG` - Toggles the status (will play sound if enabled)
+* `CK_ON` - Turns on Audio Click (plays sound)
+* `CK_OFF` - Turns off Audio Click (doesn't play sound)
+* `CK_RST` - Resets the frequency to the default state (plays sound at default frequency)
+* `CK_UP` - Increases the frequency of the clicks (plays sound at new frequency)
+* `CK_DOWN` - Decreases the frequency of the clicks (plays sound at new frequency)
+
+
+The feature is disabled by default, to save space.  To enable it, add this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define AUDIO_CLICKY
+
+
+You can configure the default, min and max frequencies, the stepping and built in randomness by defining these values: 
+
+| Option | Default Value | Description |
+|--------|---------------|-------------|
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_DEFAULT` | 440.0f | Sets the default/starting audio frequency for the clicky sounds. |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MIN` | 65.0f | Sets the lowest frequency (under 60f are a bit buggy). |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MAX` | 1500.0f | Sets the the highest frequency. Too high may result in coworkers attacking you. |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_FACTOR` | 1.18921f| Sets the stepping of UP/DOWN key codes. |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_RANDOMNESS`     |  0.05f |  Sets a factor of randomness for the clicks, Setting this to `0f` will make each click identical, and `1.0f` will make this sound much like the 90's computer screen scrolling/typing effect. | 
+
+
+
+
+## MIDI Functionality
+
+This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/keymap_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
+
+
+## Audio Keycodes
+
+|Key             |Aliases  |Description                       |
+|----------------|---------|----------------------------------|
+|`AU_ON`         |         |Audio mode on                     |
+|`AU_OFF`        |         |Audio mode off                    |
+|`AU_TOG`        |         |Toggles Audio mode                |
+|`CLICKY_TOGGLE` |`CK_TOGG`|Toggles Audio clicky mode         |
+|`CLICKY_UP`     |`CK_UP`  |Increases frequency of the clicks |
+|`CLICKY_DOWN`   |`CK_DOWN`|Decreases frequency of the clicks |
+|`CLICKY_RESET`  |`CK_RST` |Resets frequency to default       |
+|`MU_ON`         |         |Turns on Music Mode               |
+|`MU_OFF`        |         |Turns off Music Mode              |
+|`MU_TOG`        |         |Toggles Music Mode                |
+|`MU_MOD`        |         |Cycles through the music modes    |
+
+<!-- FIXME: this formatting needs work
+
+## Audio
+
+```c
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    AU_ON,
+    AU_OFF,
+    AU_TOG,
+
+    #ifdef FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
+        FC_ON,
+        FC_OFF,
+        FC_TOG,
+    #endif
+
+    // Music mode on/off/toggle
+    MU_ON,
+    MU_OFF,
+    MU_TOG,
+
+    // Music voice iterate
+    MUV_IN,
+    MUV_DE,
+#endif
+```
+
+### Midi
+
+#if !MIDI_ENABLE_STRICT || (defined(MIDI_ENABLE) && defined(MIDI_BASIC))
+    MI_ON,  // send midi notes when music mode is enabled
+    MI_OFF, // don't send midi notes when music mode is enabled
+#endif
+
+MIDI_TONE_MIN,
+MIDI_TONE_MAX
+
+MI_C = MIDI_TONE_MIN,
+MI_Cs,
+MI_Db = MI_Cs,
+MI_D,
+MI_Ds,
+MI_Eb = MI_Ds,
+MI_E,
+MI_F,
+MI_Fs,
+MI_Gb = MI_Fs,
+MI_G,
+MI_Gs,
+MI_Ab = MI_Gs,
+MI_A,
+MI_As,
+MI_Bb = MI_As,
+MI_B,
+
+MIDI_TONE_KEYCODE_OCTAVES > 1
+
+where x = 1-5:
+MI_C_x,
+MI_Cs_x,
+MI_Db_x = MI_Cs_x,
+MI_D_x,
+MI_Ds_x,
+MI_Eb_x = MI_Ds_x,
+MI_E_x,
+MI_F_x,
+MI_Fs_x,
+MI_Gb_x = MI_Fs_x,
+MI_G_x,
+MI_Gs_x,
+MI_Ab_x = MI_Gs_x,
+MI_A_x,
+MI_As_x,
+MI_Bb_x = MI_As_x,
+MI_B_x,
+
+MI_OCT_Nx 1-2
+MI_OCT_x 0-7
+MIDI_OCTAVE_MIN = MI_OCT_N2,
+MIDI_OCTAVE_MAX = MI_OCT_7,
+MI_OCTD, // octave down
+MI_OCTU, // octave up
+
+MI_TRNS_Nx 1-6
+MI_TRNS_x 0-6
+MIDI_TRANSPOSE_MIN = MI_TRNS_N6,
+MIDI_TRANSPOSE_MAX = MI_TRNS_6,
+MI_TRNSD, // transpose down
+MI_TRNSU, // transpose up
+
+MI_VEL_x 1-10
+MIDI_VELOCITY_MIN = MI_VEL_1,
+MIDI_VELOCITY_MAX = MI_VEL_9,
+MI_VELD, // velocity down
+MI_VELU, // velocity up
+
+MI_CHx 1-16
+MIDI_CHANNEL_MIN = MI_CH1
+MIDI_CHANNEL_MAX = MI_CH16,
+MI_CHD, // previous channel
+MI_CHU, // next channel
+
+MI_ALLOFF, // all notes off
+
+MI_SUS, // sustain
+MI_PORT, // portamento
+MI_SOST, // sostenuto
+MI_SOFT, // soft pedal
+MI_LEG,  // legato
+
+MI_MOD, // modulation
+MI_MODSD, // decrease modulation speed
+MI_MODSU, // increase modulation speed
+#endif // MIDI_ADVANCED
+
+-->

docs/feature_auto_shift.md

@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+# Auto Shift: Why Do We Need a Shift Key?
+
+Tap a key and you get its character. Tap a key, but hold it *slightly* longer
+and you get its shifted state. Voilà! No shift key needed!
+
+## Why Auto Shift?
+
+Many people suffer from various forms of RSI. A common cause is stretching your
+fingers repetitively long distances. For us on the keyboard, the pinky does that
+all too often when reaching for the shift key. Auto Shift looks to alleviate that
+problem.
+
+## How Does It Work?
+
+When you tap a key, it stays depressed for a short period of time before it is
+then released. This depressed time is a different length for everyone. Auto Shift
+defines a constant `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` which is typically set to twice your
+normal pressed state time. When you press a key, a timer starts and then stops
+when you release the key. If the time depressed is greater than or equal to the
+`AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`, then a shifted version of the key is emitted. If the time
+is less than the `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` time, then the normal state is emitted.
+
+## Are There Limitations to Auto Shift?
+
+Yes, unfortunately.
+
+1. Key repeat will cease to work. For example, before if you wanted 20 'a'
+   characters, you could press and hold the 'a' key for a second or two. This no
+   longer works with Auto Shift because it is timing your depressed time instead
+   of emitting a depressed key state to your operating system.
+2. You will have characters that are shifted when you did not intend on shifting, and
+   other characters you wanted shifted, but were not. This simply comes down to
+   practice. As we get in a hurry, we think we have hit the key long enough
+   for a shifted version, but we did not. On the other hand, we may think we are
+   tapping the keys, but really we have held it for a little longer than
+   anticipated.
+
+## How Do I Enable Auto Shift?
+
+Add to your `rules.mk` in the keymap folder:
+
+    AUTO_SHIFT_ENABLE = yes
+
+If no `rules.mk` exists, you can create one.
+
+Then compile and install your new firmware with Auto Key enabled! That's it!
+
+## Modifiers
+
+By default, Auto Shift is disabled for any key press that is accompanied by one or more
+modifiers. Thus, Ctrl+A that you hold for a really long time is not the same
+as Ctrl+Shift+A.
+
+You can re-enable Auto Shift for modifiers by adding another rule to your `rules.mk`
+
+    AUTO_SHIFT_MODIFIERS = yes
+
+In which case, Ctrl+A held past the `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` will be sent as Ctrl+Shift+A
+
+## Configuring Auto Shift
+
+If desired, there is some configuration that can be done to change the
+behavior of Auto Shift. This is done by setting various variables the
+`config.h` file located in your keymap folder. If no `config.h` file exists, you can create one.
+
+A sample is
+
+    #ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+    #define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+    #include "../../config.h"
+
+    #define AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT 150
+    #define NO_AUTO_SHIFT_SPECIAL
+
+    #endif
+
+### AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT (Value in ms)
+
+This controls how long you have to hold a key before you get the shifted state.
+Obviously, this is different for everyone. For the common person, a setting of
+135 to 150 works great. However, one should start with a value of at least 175, which
+is the default value. Then work down from there. The idea is to have the shortest time required to get the shifted state without having false positives.
+
+Play with this value until things are perfect. Many find that all will work well
+at a given value, but one or two keys will still emit the shifted state on
+occasion. This is simply due to habit and holding some keys a little longer
+than others. Once you find this value, work on tapping your problem keys a little
+quicker than normal and you will be set.
+
+?> Auto Shift has three special keys that can help you get this value right very quick. See "Auto Shift Setup" for more details!
+
+### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_SPECIAL (simple define)
+
+Do not Auto Shift special keys, which include -\_, =+, [{, ]}, ;:, '", ,<, .>,
+and /?
+
+### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_NUMERIC (simple define)
+
+Do not Auto Shift numeric keys, zero through nine.
+
+### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_ALPHA (simple define)
+
+Do not Auto Shift alpha characters, which include A through Z.
+
+## Using Auto Shift Setup
+
+This will enable you to define three keys temporarily to increase, decrease and report your `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`.
+
+### Setup
+
+Map three keys temporarily in your keymap:
+
+| Key Name | Description                                         |
+|----------|-----------------------------------------------------|
+| KC_ASDN  | Lower the Auto Shift timeout variable (down)        |
+| KC_ASUP  | Raise the Auto Shift timeout variable (up)          |
+| KC_ASRP  | Report your current Auto Shift timeout value        |
+| KC_ASON  | Turns on the Auto Shift Function                    |
+| KC_ASOFF | Turns off the Auto Shift Function                   |
+| KC_ASTG  | Toggles the state of the Auto Shift feature         |
+
+Compile and upload your new firmware.
+
+### Use
+
+It is important to note that during these tests, you should be typing
+completely normal and with no intention of shifted keys.
+
+1. Type multiple sentences of alphabetical letters.
+2. Observe any upper case letters.
+3. If there are none, press the key you have mapped to `KC_ASDN` to decrease
+   time Auto Shift timeout value and go back to step 1.
+4. If there are some upper case letters, decide if you need to work on tapping
+   those keys with less down time, or if you need to increase the timeout.
+5. If you decide to increase the timeout, press the key you have mapped to
+   `KC_ASUP` and go back to step 1.
+6. Once you are happy with your results, press the key you have mapped to
+   `KC_ASRP`. The keyboard will type by itself the value of your
+   `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`.
+7. Update `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` in your `config.h` with the value reported.
+8. Remove `AUTO_SHIFT_SETUP` from your `config.h`.
+9. Remove the key bindings `KC_ASDN`, `KC_ASUP` and `KC_ASRP`.
+10. Compile and upload your new firmware.
+
+#### An Example Run
+
+    hello world. my name is john doe. i am a computer programmer playing with
+    keyboards right now.
+
+    [PRESS KC_ASDN quite a few times]
+
+    heLLo woRLd. mY nAMe is JOHn dOE. i AM A compUTeR proGRaMMER PlAYiNG witH
+    KEYboArDS RiGHT NOw.
+
+    [PRESS KC_ASUP a few times]
+
+    hello world. my name is john Doe. i am a computer programmer playing with
+    keyboarDs right now.
+
+    [PRESS KC_ASRP]
+
+    115
+
+The keyboard typed `115` which represents your current `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`
+value. You are now set! Practice on the *D* key a little bit that showed up
+in the testing and you'll be golden.

docs/feature_backlight.md

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# Backlighting
+
+Many keyboards support backlit keys by way of individual LEDs placed through or underneath the keyswitches. QMK is able to control the brightness of these LEDs by switching them on and off rapidly in a certain ratio, a technique known as *Pulse Width Modulation*, or PWM. By altering the duty cycle of the PWM signal, it creates the illusion of dimming.
+
+The MCU can only supply so much current to its GPIO pins. Instead of powering the backlight directly from the MCU, the backlight pin is connected to a transistor or MOSFET that switches the power to the LEDs.
+
+## Usage
+
+Most keyboards have backlighting enabled by default if they support it, but if it is not working for you, check that your `rules.mk` includes the following:
+
+```make
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+You should then be able to use the keycodes below to change the backlight level.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Key      |Description                               |
+|---------|------------------------------------------|
+|`BL_TOGG`|Turn the backlight on or off              |
+|`BL_STEP`|Cycle through backlight levels            |
+|`BL_ON`  |Set the backlight to max brightness       |
+|`BL_OFF` |Turn the backlight off                    |
+|`BL_INC` |Increase the backlight level              |
+|`BL_DEC` |Decrease the backlight level              |
+|`BL_BRTG`|Toggle backlight breathing                |
+
+## Caveats
+
+This feature is distinct from both the [RGB underglow](feature_rgblight.md) and [RGB matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) features as it usually allows for only a single colour per switch, though you can obviously use multiple different coloured LEDs on a keyboard.
+
+Hardware PWM is only supported on certain pins of the MCU, so if the backlighting is not connected to one of them, a software implementation will be used, and backlight breathing will not be available. Currently the supported pins are `B5`, `B6`, `B7`, and `C6`.
+
+## Configuration
+
+To change the behaviour of the backlighting, `#define` these in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define               |Default      |Description                                                                                                  |
+|---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`BACKLIGHT_PIN`      |`B7`         |The pin that controls the LEDs. Unless you are designing your own keyboard, you shouldn't need to change this|
+|`BACKLIGHT_LEVELS`   |`3`          |The number of brightness levels (maximum 15 excluding off)                                                   |
+|`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`|*Not defined*|Enable backlight breathing, if hardware PWM is used                                                          |
+|`BREATHING_PERIOD`   |`6`          |The length of one backlight "breath" in seconds                                                              |
+
+## Hardware PWM Implementation
+
+When using the supported pins for backlighting, QMK will use a hardware timer configured to output a PWM signal. This timer will count up to `ICRx` (by default `0xFFFF`) before resetting to 0.
+The desired brightness is calculated and stored in the `OCRxx` register. When the counter reaches this value, the backlight pin will go low, and is pulled high again when the counter resets.
+In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus the brightness, where `0x0000` is completely off and `0xFFFF` is completely on.
+
+The breathing effect is achieved by registering an interrupt handler for `TIMER1_OVF_vect` that is called whenever the counter resets, roughly 244 times per second.
+In this handler, the value of an incrementing counter is mapped onto a precomputed brightness curve. To turn off breathing, the interrupt handler is simply disabled, and the brightness reset to the level stored in EEPROM.
+
+## Backlight Functions
+
+|Function  |Description                                                |
+|----------|-----------------------------------------------------------|
+|`backlight_toggle()`    |Turn the backlight on or off                 |
+|`backlight_enable()`    |Turn the backlight on                        |
+|`backlight_disable()`   |Turn the backlight off                       |
+|`backlight_step()`      |Cycle through backlight levels               |
+|`backlight_increase()`  |Increase the backlight level                 |
+|`backlight_decrease()`  |Decrease the backlight level                 |
+|`backlight_level(x)`    |Sets the backlight level to specified level  |
+|`get_backlight_level()` |Return the current backlight level           |
+|`is_backlight_enabled()`|Return whether the backlight is currently on |
+
+### Backlight Breathing Functions
+
+|Function  |Description                                               |
+|----------|----------------------------------------------------------|
+|`breathing_toggle()`  |Turn the backlight breathing on or off        |
+|`breathing_enable()`  |Turns on backlight breathing                  |
+|`breathing_disable()` |Turns off backlight breathing                 |

docs/feature_bluetooth.md

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# Bluetooth
+
+## Bluetooth Known Supported Hardware
+
+Currently Bluetooth support is limited to AVR based chips. For Bluetooth 2.1 Qmk has support for RN-42 HID Firmware and Bluefruit EZ Key the later of which is not produced anymore. For more recent BLE protocols currently only the Adafruit Bluefruit SPI friend is directly supported. BLE is needed to connect to iOS devices. Note iOS does not support Mouse Input.
+
+|Board                                                           |Bluetooth Protocol          |Connection Type |Rules.mk                   |Bluetooth Chip|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------|----------------|---------------------------|--------------|
+|[Adafruit EzKey HID]("https://www.adafruit.com/product/1535")   |Bluetooth Classic           | UART           | BLUETOOTH = AdafruitEZKey |              |
+|Rover Networks RN-42 (Sparkfun Bluesmirf)                       |Bluetooth Classic           | UART           | BLUETOOTH = RN42          | RN-42        |
+|[Bluefruit LE SPI Friend](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2633)|Bluetooth Low Energy        | SPI            | BLUETOOTH = AdafruitBLE   | nRF5182      |
+
+Not Supported Yet but possible:
+* [Bluefruit LE UART Friend](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2479). [Possible tmk implementation found in](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/514)
+* HC-05 boards flashed with RN-42 firmware. They apparently both use the CSR BC417 Chip. Flashing it with RN-42 firmware gives it HID capability.
+* [Sparkfun Bluetooth mate](https://www.sparkfun.com/products/14839)
+* HM-13 based boards
+
+### Adafruit BLE SPI Friend
+Currently The only bluetooth chipset supported by QMK is the Adafruit Bluefruit SPI Friend. It's a Nordic nRF5182 based chip running Adafruit's custom firmware. Data is transmitted via Adafruit's SDEP over Hardware SPI. The [Feather 32u4 Bluefruit LE](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2829) is supported as it's an AVR mcu connected via SPI to the Nordic BLE chip with Adafruit firmware. If Building a custom board with the SPI friend it would be easiest to just use the pin selection that the 32u4 feather uses but you can change the pins in the config.h options with the following defines:
+* #define AdafruitBleResetPin D4
+* #define AdafruitBleCSPin    B4
+* #define AdafruitBleIRQPin   E6
+
+A Bluefruit UART friend can be converted to an SPI friend, however this [requires](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/2274) some reflashing and soldering directly to the MDBT40 chip.
+
+## Adafruit EZ-Key hid
+This requires [some hardware changes](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/3psx0q/the_planck_keyboard_with_bluetooth_guide_and/?ref=search_posts), but can be enabled via the Makefile. The firmware will still output characters via USB, so be aware of this when charging via a computer. It would make sense to have a switch on the Bluefruit to turn it off at will.
+
+
+<!-- FIXME: Document bluetooth support more completely. -->
+## Bluetooth Rules.mk Options
+Use only one of these
+* BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = yes (Legacy Option)
+* BLUETOOTH = RN42
+* BLUETOOTH = AdafruitEZKey
+* BLUETOOTH = AdafruitBLE
+
+## Bluetooth Keycodes
+
+This is used when multiple keyboard outputs can be selected. Currently this only allows for switching between USB and Bluetooth on keyboards that support both.
+
+|Name      |Description                                   |
+|----------|----------------------------------------------|
+|`OUT_AUTO`|Automatically switch between USB and Bluetooth|
+|`OUT_USB` |USB only                                      |
+|`OUT_BT`  |Bluetooth only                                |

docs/feature_bootmagic.md

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+# Bootmagic
+
+There are three separate but related features that allow you to change the behavior of your keyboard without reflashing. While each of them have similar functionality, it is accessed in different ways depending on how your keyboard is configured.
+
+**Bootmagic** is a system for configuring your keyboard while it initializes. To trigger a Bootmagic command, hold down the Bootmagic key and one or more command keys.
+
+**Bootmagic Keycodes** are prefixed with `MAGIC_`, and allow you to access the Bootmagic functionality *after* your keyboard has initialized. To use the keycodes, assign them to your keymap as you would any other keycode.
+
+**Command**, formerly known as **Magic**, is another feature that allows you to control different aspects of your keyboard. While it shares some functionality with Bootmagic, it also allows you to do things that Bootmagic does not, such as printing version information to the console. For more information, see [Command](feature_command.md).
+
+On some keyboards Bootmagic is disabled by default. If this is the case, it must be explicitly enabled in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = full
+```
+
+?> You may see `yes` being used in place of `full`, and this is okay. However, `yes` is deprecated, and ideally `full` (or `lite`) should be used instead.
+
+Additionally, you can use [Bootmagic Lite](#bootmagic-lite) (a scaled down, very basic version of Bootmagic) by adding the following to your `rules.mk` file:
+
+```make
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = lite
+```
+
+## Hotkeys
+
+Hold down the Bootmagic key (Space by default) and the desired hotkey while plugging in your keyboard. For example, holding Space+`B` should cause it to enter the bootloader.
+
+|Hotkey            |Description                                  |
+|------------------|---------------------------------------------|
+|Escape            |Ignore Bootmagic configuration in EEPROM     |
+|`B`               |Enter the bootloader                         |
+|`D`               |Toggle debugging over serial                 |
+|`X`               |Toggle key matrix debugging                  |
+|`K`               |Toggle keyboard debugging                    |
+|`M`               |Toggle mouse debugging                       |
+|Backspace         |Clear the EEPROM                             |
+|Caps Lock         |Toggle treating Caps Lock as Left Control    |
+|Left Control      |Toggle swapping Caps Lock and Left Control   |
+|Left Alt          |Toggle swapping Left Alt and Left GUI        |
+|Right Alt         |Toggle swapping Right Alt and Right GUI      |
+|Left GUI          |Toggle the GUI keys (useful when gaming)     |
+|<code>&#96;</code>|Toggle swapping <code>&#96;</code> and Escape|
+|`\`               |Toggle swapping `\` and Backspace            |
+|`N`               |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                 |
+|`0`               |Make layer 0 the default layer               |
+|`1`               |Make layer 1 the default layer               |
+|`2`               |Make layer 2 the default layer               |
+|`3`               |Make layer 3 the default layer               |
+|`4`               |Make layer 4 the default layer               |
+|`5`               |Make layer 5 the default layer               |
+|`6`               |Make layer 6 the default layer               |
+|`7`               |Make layer 7 the default layer               |
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode                           |Aliases  |Description                               |
+|----------------------------------|---------|------------------------------------------|
+|`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`       |         |Treat Caps Lock as Left Control           |
+|`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |         |Stop treating Caps Lock as Left Control   |
+|`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                 |         |Force N-Key Rollover (NKRO) on            |
+|`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO`               |         |Force NKRO off                            |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`               |         |Turn NKRO on or off                       |
+|`MAGIC_NO_GUI`                    |         |Disable the GUI keys (useful when gaming) |
+|`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI`                  |         |Enable the GUI keys                       |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI`              |`AG_SWAP`|Swap Alt and GUI on both sides (for macOS)|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_NORM`|Unswap Left Alt and Left GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_TOGG`|Toggle Left Alt and GUI swap              |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`  |         |Swap `\` and Backspace                    |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|         |Unswap `\` and Backspace                  |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`     |         |Swap Left Control and Caps Lock           |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |         |Unswap Left Control and Caps Lock         |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`            |         |Swap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape        |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |         |Unswap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape      |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`            |         |Swap Left Alt and Left GUI                |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |         |Unswap Left Alt and Left GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`            |         |Swap Right Alt and Right GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |         |Unswap Right Alt and Right GUI            |
+
+## Configuration
+
+If you would like to change the hotkey assignments for Bootmagic, `#define` these in your `config.h` at either the keyboard or keymap level.
+
+|Define                                  |Default      |Description                                        |
+|----------------------------------------|-------------|---------------------------------------------------|
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SALT`                    |`KC_SPACE`   |The Bootmagic key                                  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SKIP`                    |`KC_ESC`     |Ignore Bootmagic configuration in EEPROM           |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_EEPROM_CLEAR`            |`KC_BSPACE`  |Clear the EEPROM configuration                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER`              |`KC_B`       |Enter the bootloader                               |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_ENABLE`            |`KC_D`       |Toggle debugging over serial                       |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX`            |`KC_X`       |Toggle matrix debugging                            |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KEYBOARD`          |`KC_K`       |Toggle keyboard debugging                          |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE`             |`KC_M`       |Toggle mouse debugging                             |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |`KC_LCTRL`   |Swap Left Control and Caps Lock                    |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |`KC_CAPSLOCK`|Toggle treating Caps Lock as Left Control          |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |`KC_LALT`    |Toggle swapping Left Alt and Left GUI (for macOS)  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |`KC_RALT`    |Toggle swapping Right Alt and Right GUI (for macOS)|
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_NO_GUI`                  |`KC_LGUI`    |Toggle the GUI keys (useful when gaming)           |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |`KC_GRAVE`   |Toggle swapping <code>&#96;</code> and Escape      |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|`KC_BSLASH`  |Toggle swapping `\` and Backspace                  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                   |`KC_N`       |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                       |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_0`         |`KC_0`       |Make layer 0 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_1`         |`KC_1`       |Make layer 1 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_2`         |`KC_2`       |Make layer 2 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_3`         |`KC_3`       |Make layer 3 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_4`         |`KC_4`       |Make layer 4 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_5`         |`KC_5`       |Make layer 5 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_6`         |`KC_6`       |Make layer 6 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_7`         |`KC_7`       |Make layer 7 the default layer                     |
+
+# Bootmagic Lite
+
+In addition to the full blown Bootmagic feature, is the Bootmagic Lite feature that only handles jumping into the bootloader.  This is great for boards that don't have a physical reset button but you need a way to jump into the bootloader, and don't want to deal with the headache that Bootmagic can cause.
+
+To enable this version of Bootmagic, you need to enable it in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = lite
+```
+
+Additionally, you may want to specify which key to use.  This is especially useful for keyboards that have unusual matrices.  To do so, you need to specify the row and column of the key that you want to use. Add these entries to your `config.h` file:
+
+```c
+#define BOOTMAGIC_LITE_ROW 0
+#define BOOTMAGIC_LITE_COLUMN 1
+```
+
+By default, these are set to 0 and 0, which is usually the "ESC" key on a majority of keyboards.
+
+And to trigger the bootloader, you hold this key down when plugging the keyboard in. Just the single key. 
+
+## Advanced Bootmagic Lite
+
+The `bootmagic_lite` function is defined weakly, so that you can replace this in your code, if you need.  A great example of this is the Zeal60 boards that have some additional handling needed.
+
+To replace the function, all you need to do is add something like this to your code:
+
+```c
+void bootmagic_lite(void) {
+    matrix_scan();
+    wait_ms(DEBOUNCING_DELAY * 2);
+    matrix_scan();
+
+    if (matrix_get_row(BOOTMAGIC_LITE_ROW) & (1 << BOOTMAGIC_LITE_COLUMN)) {
+      // Jump to bootloader.
+      bootloader_jump();
+    }
+}
+```
+
+You can additional feature here. For instance, resetting the eeprom or requiring additional keys to be pressed to trigger bootmagic.  Keep in mind that `bootmagic_lite` is called before a majority of features are initialized in the firmware.

docs/feature_combo.md

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# Combos
+
+The Combo feature is a chording type solution for adding custom actions.  It lets you hit multiple keys at once and produce a different effect.  For instance, hitting `A` and `S` within the tapping term would hit `ESC` instead, or have it perform even more complex tasks.
+
+To enable this feature, yu need to add `COMBO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`.
+
+Additionally, in your `config.h`, you'll need to specify the number of combos that you'll be using, by adding `#define COMBO_COUNT 1` (replacing 1 with the number that you're using).
+<!-- At this time, this is necessary -->
+
+Also, by default, the tapping term for the Combos is set to the same value as `TAPPING_TERM` (200 by default on most boards). But you can specify a different value by defining it in your `config.h`.  For instance: `#define COMBO_TERM 300` would set the time out period for combos to 300ms.
+
+Then, your `keymap.c` file, you'll need to define a sequence of keys, terminated with `COMBO_END`, and a structure to list the combination of keys, and it's resulting action.
+
+```c
+const uint16_t PROGMEM test_combo[] = {KC_A, KC_B, COMBO_END};
+combo_t key_combos[COMBO_COUNT] = {COMBO(test_combo, KC_ESC)};
+```
+
+This will send "Escape" if you hit the A and B keys.
+
+!> This method only supports [basic keycodes](keycodes_basic.md). See the examples for more control.
+!> You cannot reuse (share) keys in combos. Each key should only belong to a single combo.  
+
+## Examples
+
+If you want to add a list, then you'd use something like this:
+
+```c
+enum combos {
+  AB_ESC,
+  JK_TAB
+}
+const uint16_t PROGMEM ab_combo[] = {KC_A, KC_B, COMBO_END};
+const uint16_t PROGMEM jk_combo[] = {KC_J, KC_K, COMBO_END};
+
+combo_t key_combos[COMBO_COUNT] = {
+  [AB_ESC] = COMBO(ab_combo, KC_ESC),
+  [JK_TAB] = COMBO(jk_combo, KC_TAB)
+};
+```
+
+For a more complicated implementation, you can use the `process_combo_event` function to add custom handling.
+
+```c
+enum combo_events {
+  ZC_COPY,
+  XV_PASTE
+  };
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM copy_combo[] = {KC_Z, KC_C, COMBO_END};
+const uint16_t PROGMEM paste_combo[] = {KC_X, KC_V, COMBO_END};
+
+combo_t key_combos[COMBO_COUNT] = {
+  [ZC_COPY] = COMBO_ACTION(copy_combo),
+  [XV_PASTE] = COMBO_ACTION(paste_combo),
+};
+
+void process_combo_event(uint8_t combo_index, bool pressed) {
+  switch(combo_index) {
+    case ZC_COPY:
+      if (pressed) {
+        register_code(KC_LCTL);
+        register_code(KC_C);
+        unregister_code(KC_C);
+        unregister_code(KC_LCTL);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case XV_PASTE:
+      if (pressed) {
+        register_code(KC_LCTL);
+        register_code(KC_V);
+        unregister_code(KC_V);
+        unregister_code(KC_LCTL);
+      }
+      break;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+This will send Ctrl+C if you hit Z and C, and Ctrl+V if you hit X and V.  But you could change this to do stuff like change layers, play sounds, or change settings.
+
+## Additional Configuration
+
+If you're using long combos, or even longer combos, you may run into issues with this, as the structure may not be large enough to accommodate what you're doing.
+
+In this case, you can add either `#define EXTRA_LONG_COMBOS` or `#define EXTRA_EXTRA_LONG_COMBOS` in your `config.h` file.
+
+You may also be able to enable action keys by defining `COMBO_ALLOW_ACTION_KEYS`.

docs/feature_command.md

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# Command
+
+Command, formerly known as Magic, is a way to change your keyboard's behavior without having to flash or unplug it to use [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md). There is a lot of overlap between this functionality and the [Bootmagic Keycodes](feature_bootmagic.md#keycodes). Wherever possible we encourage you to use that feature instead of Command.
+
+On some keyboards Command is disabled by default. If this is the case, it must be explicitly enabled in your `rules.mk`:
+
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+## Usage
+
+To use Command, hold down the key combination defined by the `IS_COMMAND()` macro. By default this is Left Shift+Right Shift. Then, press the key corresponding to the command you want. For example, to output the current QMK version to the QMK Toolbox console, press Left Shift+Right Shift+`V`.
+
+## Configuration
+
+If you would like to change the key assignments for Command, `#define` these in your `config.h` at either the keyboard or keymap level. All keycode assignments here must omit the `KC_` prefix.
+
+|Define                              |Default                                                                               |Description                                     |
+|------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------|
+|`IS_COMMAND()`                      |<code>(keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) &#124; MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)))</code>|The key combination to activate Command         |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_FKEYS` |`true`                                                                                |Set default layer with the Function row         |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_NKEYS` |`true`                                                                                |Set default layer with the number keys          |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_CUSTOM`|`false`                                                                               |Set default layer with `MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0..9`    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG`                   |`D`                                                                                   |Toggle debugging over serial                    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX`            |`X`                                                                                   |Toggle key matrix debugging                     |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KBD`               |`K`                                                                                   |Toggle keyboard debugging                       |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE`             |`M`                                                                                   |Toggle mouse debugging                          |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_CONSOLE`                 |`C`                                                                                   |Enable the Command console                      |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_VERSION`                 |`V`                                                                                   |Print the running QMK version to the console    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_STATUS`                  |`S`                                                                                   |Print the current keyboard status to the console|
+|`MAGIC_KEY_HELP1`                   |`H`                                                                                   |Print Command help to the console               |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_HELP2`                   |`SLASH`                                                                               |Print Command help to the console (alternate)   |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0`                  |`0`                                                                                   |Make layer 0 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER1`                  |`1`                                                                                   |Make layer 1 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER2`                  |`2`                                                                                   |Make layer 2 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER3`                  |`3`                                                                                   |Make layer 3 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER4`                  |`4`                                                                                   |Make layer 4 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER5`                  |`5`                                                                                   |Make layer 5 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER6`                  |`6`                                                                                   |Make layer 6 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER7`                  |`7`                                                                                   |Make layer 7 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER8`                  |`8`                                                                                   |Make layer 8 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER9`                  |`9`                                                                                   |Make layer 9 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT1`             |`ESC`                                                                                 |Make layer 0 the default layer (alternate)      |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT2`             |`GRAVE`                                                                               |Make layer 0 the default layer (alternate)      |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER`              |`PAUSE`                                                                               |Enter the bootloader                            |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LOCK`                    |`CAPS`                                                                                |Lock the keyboard so nothing can be typed       |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_EEPROM`                  |`E`                                                                                   |Clear the EEPROM                                |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_NKRO`                    |`N`                                                                                   |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SLEEP_LED`               |`Z`                                                                                   |Toggle LED when computer is sleeping            |

docs/feature_dynamic_macros.md

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# Dynamic Macros: Record and Replay Macros in Runtime
+
+QMK supports temporary macros created on the fly. We call these Dynamic Macros. They are defined by the user from the keyboard and are lost when the keyboard is unplugged or otherwise rebooted.
+
+You can store one or two macros and they may have a combined total of 128 keypresses. You can increase this size at the cost of RAM.
+
+To enable them, first add a new element to the end of your `keycodes` enum — `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE`:
+
+```c
+enum keycodes {
+	QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+	COLEMAK,
+	DVORAK,
+	PLOVER,
+	LOWER,
+	RAISE,
+	BACKLIT,
+	EXT_PLV,
+	DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE,
+};
+```
+
+Your `keycodes` enum may have a slightly different name. You must add `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE` as the last element because `dynamic_macros.h` will add some more keycodes after it.
+
+Below it, include the `dynamic_macro.h` header:
+
+```c
+	#include "dynamic_macro.h"`
+```
+
+Add the following keys to your keymap:
+
+* `DYN_REC_START1` — start recording the macro 1,
+* `DYN_REC_START2` — start recording the macro 2,
+* `DYN_MACRO_PLAY1` — replay the macro 1,
+* `DYN_MACRO_PLAY2` — replay the macro 2,
+* `DYN_REC_STOP` — finish the macro that is currently being recorded.
+
+Add the following code to the very beginning of your `process_record_user()` function:
+
+```c
+	if (!process_record_dynamic_macro(keycode, record)) {
+		return false;
+	}
+```
+
+That should be everything necessary. To start recording the macro, press either `DYN_REC_START1` or `DYN_REC_START2`. To finish the recording, press the `DYN_REC_STOP` layer button. To replay the macro, press either `DYN_MACRO_PLAY1` or `DYN_MACRO_PLAY2`.
+
+Note that it's possible to replay a macro as part of a macro. It's ok to replay macro 2 while recording macro 1 and vice versa but never create recursive macros i.e. macro 1 that replays macro 1. If you do so and the keyboard will get unresponsive, unplug the keyboard and plug it again.
+
+For users of the earlier versions of dynamic macros: It is still possible to finish the macro recording using just the layer modifier used to access the dynamic macro keys, without a dedicated `DYN_REC_STOP` key. If you want this behavior back, use the following snippet instead of the one above:
+
+```c
+	uint16_t macro_kc = (keycode == MO(_DYN) ? DYN_REC_STOP : keycode);
+
+	if (!process_record_dynamic_macro(macro_kc, record)) {
+		return false;
+	}
+```
+
+If the LEDs start blinking during the recording with each keypress, it means there is no more space for the macro in the macro buffer. To fit the macro in, either make the other macro shorter (they share the same buffer) or increase the buffer size by setting the `DYNAMIC_MACRO_SIZE` preprocessor macro (default value: 128; please read the comments for it in the header).
+
+For the details about the internals of the dynamic macros, please read the comments in the `dynamic_macro.h` header.

docs/feature_encoders.md

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# Encoders
+
+Basic encoders are supported by adding this to your `rules.mk`:
+
+    ENCODER_ENABLE = yes
+
+and this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define NUMBER_OF_ENCODERS 1
+    #define ENCODERS_PAD_A { B12 }
+    #define ENCODERS_PAD_B { B13 }
+
+Each PAD_A/B variable defines an array so multiple encoders can be defined, e.g.:
+
+    #define ENCODERS_PAD_A { encoder1a, encoder2a }
+    #define ENCODERS_PAD_B { encoder1a, encoder2b }
+
+If your encoder's clockwise directions are incorrect, you can swap the A & B pad definitions.
+
+Additionally, the resolution can be specified in the same file (the default & suggested is 4):
+
+    #define ENCODER_RESOLUTION 4
+
+## Callbacks
+
+The callback functions can be inserted into your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+    void encoder_update_kb(uint8_t index, bool clockwise) {
+        encoder_update_user(index, clockwise);
+    }
+
+or `keymap.c`:
+
+    void encoder_update_user(uint8_t index, bool clockwise) {
+        if (index == 0) {
+            if (clockwise) {
+                register_code(KC_PGDN);
+                unregister_code(KC_PGDN);
+            } else {
+                register_code(KC_PGUP);
+                unregister_code(KC_PGUP);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+## Hardware
+
+The A an B lines of the encoders should be wired directly to the MCU, and the C/common lines should be wired to ground.

docs/feature_grave_esc.md

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Grave Escape
+
+If you're using a 60% keyboard, or any other layout with no F-row, you will have noticed that there is no dedicated Escape key. Grave Escape is a feature that allows you to share the grave key (<code>&#96;</code> and `~`) with Escape.
+
+## Usage
+
+Replace the `KC_GRAVE` key in your keymap (usually to the left of the `1` key) with `KC_GESC`. When pressed it will behave like `KC_ESC`, but with Shift or GUI held it will send `KC_GRAVE`.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Key      |Aliases    |Description                                                       |
+|---------|-----------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_GESC`|`GRAVE_ESC`|Escape when pressed, <code>&#96;</code> when Shift or GUI are held|
+
+## Configuration
+
+There are several possible key combinations this will break, among them Control+Shift+Escape on Windows and Command+Option+Escape on macOS. To work around this, you can `#define` these options in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define                    |Description                              |
+|--------------------------|-----------------------------------------|
+|`GRAVE_ESC_ALT_OVERRIDE`  |Always send Escape if Alt is pressed     |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE` |Always send Escape if Control is pressed |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_GUI_OVERRIDE`  |Always send Escape if GUI is pressed     |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_SHIFT_OVERRIDE`|Always send Escape if Shift is pressed   |

docs/feature_hd44780.md

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# HD44780 LCD Displays
+
+This is an integration of Peter Fleury's LCD library. This page will explain the basics. [For in depth documentation visit his page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
+
+You can enable support for HD44780 Displays by setting the `HD44780_ENABLE` flag in your keyboards `rules.mk` to yes. This will use about 400 KB of extra space.
+
+## Configuration
+
+You will need to configure the pins used by your display and its number of lines and collumn in your keyboards `config.h`.
+
+Uncomment the section labled HD44780 and change the parameters as needed.
+````
+/*
+ * HD44780 LCD Display Configuration
+ */
+
+#define LCD_LINES           2     //< number of visible lines of the display
+#define LCD_DISP_LENGTH    16     //< visibles characters per line of the display
+#define LCD_IO_MODE      1            //< 0: memory mapped mode, 1: IO port mode
+#if LCD_IO_MODE
+#define LCD_PORT         PORTB        //< port for the LCD lines
+#define LCD_DATA0_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 0
+#define LCD_DATA1_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 1
+#define LCD_DATA2_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 2
+#define LCD_DATA3_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 3
+#define LCD_DATA0_PIN    4            //< pin for 4bit data bit 0
+#define LCD_DATA1_PIN    5            //< pin for 4bit data bit 1
+#define LCD_DATA2_PIN    6            //< pin for 4bit data bit 2 
+#define LCD_DATA3_PIN    7            //< pin for 4bit data bit 3
+#define LCD_RS_PORT      LCD_PORT     //< port for RS line        
+#define LCD_RS_PIN       3            //< pin  for RS line        
+#define LCD_RW_PORT      LCD_PORT     //< port for RW line        
+#define LCD_RW_PIN       2            //< pin  for RW line        
+#define LCD_E_PORT       LCD_PORT     //< port for Enable line     
+#define LCD_E_PIN        1            //< pin  for Enable line    
+#endif
+````
+
+Should you need to configure other properties you can copy them from `quantum/hd44780.h` and set them in your `config.h`
+
+## Usage 
+
+To initialize your display call lcd_init() with one of these parameters:
+````
+LCD_DISP_OFF             : display off
+LCD_DISP_ON              : display on, cursor off
+LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR       : display on, cursor on
+LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR_BLINK : display on, cursor on flashing 
+````
+This is best done in your keyboards `matrix_init_kb` or your keymaps `matrix_init_user`.  
+It is advised to clear the display before use.  
+To do so call `lcd_clrsrc()`.
+
+To now print something to your Display you first call `lcd_gotoxy(column, line)`. To go to the start of the first line you would call `lcd_gotoxy(0, 0)` and then print a string with `lcd_puts("example string")`.
+
+There are more posible methods to control the display. [For in depth documentation please visit the linked page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)

docs/feature_key_lock.md

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Key Lock
+
+Sometimes you may find yourself needing to hold down a specific key for a long period of time. Key Lock holds down the next key you press for you. Press it again, and it will be released.
+
+Let's say you need to type in ALL CAPS for a few sentences. Hit `KC_LOCK`, and then Shift. Now, Shift will be considered held until you tap it again. You can think of Key Lock as Caps Lock, but supercharged.
+
+## Usage
+
+First, enable Key Lock by setting `KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes` in your `rules.mk`. Then pick a key in your keymap and assign it the keycode `KC_LOCK`.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode  |Description                                                   |
+|---------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_LOCK`|Hold down the next key pressed, until the key is pressed again|
+
+## Caveats
+
+Key Lock is only able to hold standard action keys and [One Shot modifier](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) keys (for example, if you have your Shift defined as `OSM(KC_LSFT)`).
+This does not include any of the QMK special functions (except One Shot modifiers), or shifted versions of keys such as `KC_LPRN`. If it's in the [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) list, it can be held.
+
+Switching layers will not cancel the Key Lock.

docs/feature_layouts.md

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+# Layouts: Using a Keymap with Multiple Keyboards
+
+The `layouts/` folder contains different physical key layouts that can apply to different keyboards.
+
+```
+layouts/
++ default/
+| + 60_ansi/
+| | + readme.md
+| | + layout.json
+| | + a_good_keymap/
+| | | + keymap.c
+| | | + readme.md
+| | | + config.h
+| | | + rules.mk
+| | + <keymap folder>/
+| | + ...
+| + <layout folder>/
++ community/
+| + <layout folder>/
+| + ...
+```
+
+The `layouts/default/` and `layouts/community/` are two examples of layout "repositories" - currently `default` will contain all of the information concerning the layout, and one default keymap named `default_<layout>`, for users to use as a reference. `community` contains all of the community keymaps, with the eventual goal of being split-off into a separate repo for users to clone into `layouts/`. QMK searches through all folders in `layouts/`, so it's possible to have multiple repositories here.
+
+Each layout folder is named (`[a-z0-9_]`) after the physical aspects of the layout, in the most generic way possible, and contains a `readme.md` with the layout to be defined by the keyboard:
+
+```md
+# 60_ansi
+
+   LAYOUT_60_ansi
+```
+
+New names should try to stick to the standards set by existing layouts, and can be discussed in the PR/Issue.
+
+## Supporting a Layout
+
+For a keyboard to support a layout, the variable must be defined in it's `<keyboard>.h`, and match the number of arguments/keys (and preferably the physical layout):
+
+    #define LAYOUT_60_ansi KEYMAP_ANSI
+
+The name of the layout must match this regex: `[a-z0-9_]+`
+
+The folder name must be added to the keyboard's `rules.mk`:
+
+    LAYOUTS = 60_ansi
+
+`LAYOUTS` can be set in any keyboard folder level's `rules.mk`:
+
+    LAYOUTS = 60_iso
+
+but the `LAYOUT_<layout>` variable must be defined in `<folder>.h` as well.
+
+## Tips for Making Layouts Keyboard-Agnostic
+
+### Includes
+
+Instead of using `#include "planck.h"`, you can use this line to include whatever `<keyboard>.h` (`<folder>.h` should not be included here) file that is being compiled:
+
+    #include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
+
+If you want to keep some keyboard-specific code, you can use these variables to escape it with an `#ifdef` statement:
+
+* `KEYBOARD_<folder1>_<folder2>`
+
+For example:
+
+```c
+#ifdef KEYBOARD_planck
+    #ifdef KEYBOARD_planck_rev4
+        planck_rev4_function();
+    #endif
+#endif
+```
+
+Note that the names are lowercase and match the folder/file names for the keyboard/revision exactly.
+
+### Keymaps
+
+In order to support both split and non-split keyboards with the same layout, you need to use the keyboard agnostic `LAYOUT_<layout name>` macro in your keymap. For instance, in order for a Let's Split and Planck to share the same layout file, you need to use `LAYOUT_ortho_4x12` instead of `LAYOUT_planck_grid` or just `{}` for a C array.

docs/feature_leader_key.md

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# The Leader Key: A New Kind of Modifier
+
+If you've ever used Vim, you know what a Leader key is. If not, you're about to discover a wonderful concept. :) Instead of hitting Alt+Shift+W for example (holding down three keys at the same time), what if you could hit a _sequence_ of keys instead? So you'd hit our special modifier (the Leader key), followed by W and then C (just a rapid succession of keys), and something would happen.
+
+That's what `KC_LEAD` does. Here's an example:
+
+1. Pick a key on your keyboard you want to use as the Leader key. Assign it the keycode `KC_LEAD`. This key would be dedicated just for this -- it's a single action key, can't be used for anything else.
+2. Include the line `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300` in your config.h. The 300 there is 300ms -- that's how long you have for the sequence of keys following the leader. You can tweak this value for comfort, of course.
+3. Within your `matrix_scan_user` function, do something like this:
+
+```
+LEADER_EXTERNS();
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+  LEADER_DICTIONARY() {
+    leading = false;
+    leader_end();
+
+    SEQ_ONE_KEY(KC_F) {
+      // Anything you can do in a macro.
+      SEND_STRING("QMK is awesome.");
+    }
+    SEQ_TWO_KEYS(KC_D, KC_D) {
+      SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("a")SS_LCTRL("c"));
+    }
+    SEQ_THREE_KEYS(KC_D, KC_D, KC_S) {
+      SEND_STRING("https://start.duckduckgo.com"SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
+    }
+    SEQ_TWO_KEYS(KC_A, KC_S) {
+      register_code(KC_LGUI);
+      register_code(KC_S);
+      unregister_code(KC_S);
+      unregister_code(KC_LGUI);
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+As you can see, you have a few function. You can use `SEQ_ONE_KEY` for single-key sequences (Leader followed by just one key), and `SEQ_TWO_KEYS`, `SEQ_THREE_KEYS` up to `SEQ_FIVE_KEYS` for longer sequences.
+
+Each of these accepts one or more keycodes as arguments. This is an important point: You can use keycodes from **any layer on your keyboard**. That layer would need to be active for the leader macro to fire, obviously.
+
+## Adding Leader Key Support in the `rules.mk`
+
+To add support for Leader Key you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
+
+```
+LEADER_ENABLE = yes
+```

docs/feature_macros.md

@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+# Macros
+
+Macros allow you to send multiple keystrokes when pressing just one key. QMK has a number of ways to define and use macros. These can do anything you want: type common phrases for you, copypasta, repetitive game movements, or even help you code.
+
+!> **Security Note**: While it is possible to use macros to send passwords, credit card numbers, and other sensitive information it is a supremely bad idea to do so. Anyone who gets a hold of your keyboard will be able to access that information by opening a text editor.
+
+## The New Way: `SEND_STRING()` & `process_record_user`
+
+Sometimes you just want a key to type out words or phrases. For the most common situations we've provided `SEND_STRING()`, which will type out your string (i.e. a sequence of characters) for you. All ASCII characters that are easily translated to a keycode are supported (e.g. `\n\t`).
+
+Here is an example `keymap.c` for a two-key keyboard:
+
+```c
+enum custom_keycodes {
+	MY_CUSTOM_MACRO = SAFE_RANGE
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(keycode) {
+			case MY_CUSTOM_MACRO:
+				SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!"); // this is our macro!
+				return false;
+		}
+	}
+	return true;
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = {
+	  {MY_CUSTOM_MACRO, KC_ESC}
+	}
+};
+```
+
+What happens here is this:
+We first define a new custom keycode in the range not occupied by any other keycodes.
+Then we use the `process_record_user` function, which is called whenever a key is pressed or released, to check if our custom keycode has been activated.
+If yes, we send the string `"QMK is the best thing ever!"` to the computer via the `SEND_STRING` macro (this is a C preprocessor macro, not to be confused with QMK macros).
+We return `false` to indicate to the caller that the key press we just processed need not be processed any further.
+Finally, we define the keymap so that the first button activates our macro and the second button is just an escape button.
+
+You might want to add more than one macro.
+You can do that by adding another keycode and adding another case to the switch statement, like so:
+
+```c
+enum custom_keycodes {
+	MY_CUSTOM_MACRO = SAFE_RANGE,
+	MY_OTHER_MACRO
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(keycode) {
+			case MY_CUSTOM_MACRO:
+				SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!");
+				return false;
+			case MY_OTHER_MACRO:
+				SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("ac")); // selects all and copies
+				return false;
+		}
+	}
+	return true;
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = {
+	  {MY_CUSTOM_MACRO, MY_OTHER_MACRO}
+	}
+};
+```
+
+### TAP, DOWN and UP
+
+You may want to use keys in your macros that you can't write down, such as `Ctrl` or `Home`.
+You can send arbitrary keycodes by wrapping them in:
+
+* `SS_TAP()` presses and releases a key.
+* `SS_DOWN()` presses (but does not release) a key.
+* `SS_UP()` releases a key.
+
+For example:
+
+    SEND_STRING(SS_TAP(X_HOME));
+
+Would tap `KC_HOME` - note how the prefix is now `X_`, and not `KC_`. You can also combine this with other strings, like this:
+
+    SEND_STRING("VE"SS_TAP(X_HOME)"LO");
+
+Which would send "VE" followed by a `KC_HOME` tap, and "LO" (spelling "LOVE" if on a newline).
+
+There's also a couple of mod shortcuts you can use:
+
+* `SS_LCTRL(string)`
+* `SS_LGUI(string)`
+* `SS_LALT(string)`
+* `SS_LSFT(string)`
+* `SS_RALT(string)`
+
+These press the respective modifier, send the supplied string and then release the modifier.
+They can be used like this:
+
+    SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("a"));
+
+Which would send LCTRL+a (LCTRL down, a, LCTRL up) - notice that they take strings (eg `"k"`), and not the `X_K` keycodes.
+
+### Alternative Keymaps
+
+By default, it assumes a US keymap with a QWERTY layout; if you want to change that (e.g. if your OS uses software Colemak), include this somewhere in your keymap:
+
+    #include <sendstring_colemak.h>
+
+### Strings in Memory
+
+If for some reason you're manipulating strings and need to print out something you just generated (instead of being a literal, constant string), you can use `send_string()`, like this:
+
+```c
+char my_str[4] = "ok.";
+send_string(my_str);
+```
+
+The shortcuts defined above won't work with `send_string()`, but you can separate things out to different lines if needed:
+
+```c
+char my_str[4] = "ok.";
+SEND_STRING("I said: ");
+send_string(my_str);
+SEND_STRING(".."SS_TAP(X_END));
+```
+
+## The Old Way: `MACRO()` & `action_get_macro`
+
+?> This is inherited from TMK, and hasn't been updated - it's recommend that you use `SEND_STRING` and `process_record_user` instead.
+
+By default QMK assumes you don't have any macros. To define your macros you create an `action_get_macro()` function. For example:
+
+```c
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(id) {
+			case 0:
+				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+			case 1:
+				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+		}
+	}
+	return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+```
+
+This defines two macros which will be run when the key they are assigned to is pressed. If instead you'd like them to run when the key is released you can change the if statement:
+
+	if (!record->event.pressed) {
+
+### Macro Commands
+
+A macro can include the following commands:
+
+* I() change interval of stroke in milliseconds.
+* D() press key.
+* U() release key.
+* T() type key(press and release).
+* W() wait (milliseconds).
+* END end mark.
+
+### Mapping a Macro to a Key
+
+Use the `M()` function within your `KEYMAP()` to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
+
+```c
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = KEYMAP(
+		M(0), M(1)
+	),
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(id) {
+			case 0:
+				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+			case 1:
+				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+		}
+	}
+	return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+```
+
+When you press the key on the left it will type "Hi!" and when you press the key on the right it will type "Bye!".
+
+### Naming Your Macros
+
+If you have a bunch of macros you want to refer to from your keymap while keeping the keymap easily readable you can name them using `#define` at the top of your file.
+
+```c
+#define M_HI M(0)
+#define M_BYE M(1)
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = KEYMAP(
+		M_HI, M_BYE
+	),
+};
+```
+
+## Advanced Macro Functions
+
+There are some functions you may find useful in macro-writing. Keep in mind that while you can write some fairly advanced code within a macro if your functionality gets too complex you may want to define a custom keycode instead. Macros are meant to be simple.
+
+### `record->event.pressed`
+
+This is a boolean value that can be tested to see if the switch is being pressed or released. An example of this is
+
+```c
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		// on keydown
+	} else {
+		// on keyup
+	}
+```
+
+### `register_code(<kc>);`
+
+This sends the `<kc>` keydown event to the computer. Some examples would be `KC_ESC`, `KC_C`, `KC_4`, and even modifiers such as `KC_LSFT` and `KC_LGUI`.
+
+### `unregister_code(<kc>);`
+
+Parallel to `register_code` function, this sends the `<kc>` keyup event to the computer. If you don't use this, the key will be held down until it's sent.
+
+### `tap_code(<kc>);`
+
+This will send `register_code(<kc>)` and then `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This is useful if you want to send both the press and release events ("tap" the key, rather than hold it).
+
+### `clear_keyboard();`
+
+This will clear all mods and keys currently pressed.
+
+### `clear_mods();`
+
+This will clear all mods currently pressed.
+
+### `clear_keyboard_but_mods();`
+
+This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
+
+## Advanced Example: Single-Key Copy/Paste
+
+This example defines a macro which sends `Ctrl-C` when pressed down, and `Ctrl-V` when released.
+
+```c
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+	switch(id) {
+		case 0: {
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(C), U(LCTL), END  );
+			} else {
+				return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(V), U(LCTL), END  );
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+```

docs/feature_mouse_keys.md

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# Mousekeys
+
+
+Mousekeys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer around, click up to 5 buttons, and even scroll in all 4 directions. QMK uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
+
+## Adding Mousekeys to a Keymap
+
+There are two steps to adding Mousekeys support to your keyboard. You must enable support in the `rules.mk` file and you must map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
+
+### Adding Mousekeys Support in the `rules.mk`
+
+To add support for Mousekeys you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
+
+```
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+You can see an example here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/rules.mk
+
+### Mapping Mouse Actions to Keyboard Keys
+
+You can use these keycodes within your keymap to map button presses to mouse actions:
+
+|Key             |Aliases  |Description                |
+|----------------|---------|---------------------------|
+|`KC_MS_UP`      |`KC_MS_U`|Mouse Cursor Up            |
+|`KC_MS_DOWN`    |`KC_MS_D`|Mouse Cursor Down          |
+|`KC_MS_LEFT`    |`KC_MS_L`|Mouse Cursor Left          |
+|`KC_MS_RIGHT`   |`KC_MS_R`|Mouse Cursor Right         |
+|`KC_MS_BTN1`    |`KC_BTN1`|Mouse Button 1             |
+|`KC_MS_BTN2`    |`KC_BTN2`|Mouse Button 2             |
+|`KC_MS_BTN3`    |`KC_BTN3`|Mouse Button 3             |
+|`KC_MS_BTN4`    |`KC_BTN4`|Mouse Button 4             |
+|`KC_MS_BTN5`    |`KC_BTN5`|Mouse Button 5             |
+|`KC_MS_WH_UP`   |`KC_WH_U`|Mouse Wheel Up             |
+|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Mouse Wheel Down           |
+|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Mouse Wheel Left           |
+|`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`|`KC_WH_R`|Mouse Wheel Right          |
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL0`  |`KC_ACL0`|Set mouse acceleration to 0|
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL1`  |`KC_ACL1`|Set mouse acceleration to 1|
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL2`  |`KC_ACL2`|Set mouse acceleration to 2|
+
+You can see an example in the `_ML` here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c#L46
+
+## Configuring the Behavior of Mousekeys
+
+The default speed for controlling the mouse with the keyboard is intentionally slow. You can adjust these parameters by adding these settings to your keymap's `config.h` file. All times are specified in milliseconds (ms).
+
+```
+#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY             300
+#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL          50
+#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED         10
+#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX       20
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED   8
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX 40
+```
+
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_DELAY`
+
+When one of the mouse movement buttons is pressed this setting is used to define the delay between that button press and the mouse cursor moving. Some people find that small movements are impossible if this setting is too low, while settings that are too high feel sluggish.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`
+
+When a movement key is held down this specifies how long to wait between each movement report. Lower settings will translate into an effectively higher mouse speed.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`
+
+As a movement key is held down the speed of the mouse cursor will increase until it reaches `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`
+
+How long you want to hold down a movement key for until `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your cursor will accelerate.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`
+
+The top speed for scrolling movements.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`
+
+How long you want to hold down a scroll key for until `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your scrolling will accelerate.

docs/feature_pointing_device.md

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+## Pointing Device
+
+Pointing Device is a generic name for a feature intended to be generic: moving the system pointer around.  There are certainly other options for it - like mousekeys - but this aims to be easily modifiable and lightweight.  You can implement custom keys to control functionality, or you can gather information from other peripherals and insert it directly here - let QMK handle the processing for you.
+
+To enable Pointing Device, uncomment the following line in your rules.mk:
+
+```
+POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+To manipulate the mouse report, you can use the following functions:
+
+* `pointing_device_get_report()` - Returns the current report_mouse_t that represents the information sent to the host computer
+* `pointing_device_set_report(report_mouse_t newMouseReport)` - Overrides and saves the report_mouse_t to be sent to the host computer
+
+Keep in mind that a report_mouse_t (here "mouseReport") has the following properties:
+
+* `mouseReport.x` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing movement (+ to the right, - to the left) on the x axis.
+* `mouseReport.y` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing movement (+ upward, - downward) on the y axis.
+* `mouseReport.v` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing vertical scrolling (+ upward, - downward).
+* `mouseReport.h` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing horizontal scrolling (+ right, - left).
+* `mouseReport.buttons` - this is a uint8_t in which the last 5 bits are used.  These bits represent the mouse button state - bit 3 is mouse button 5, and bit 7 is mouse button 1.
+
+When the mouse report is sent, the x, y, v, and h values are set to 0 (this is done in "pointing_device_send()", which can be overridden to avoid this behavior).  This way, button states persist, but movement will only occur once.  For further customization, both `pointing_device_init` and `pointing_device_task` can be overridden.
+
+In the following example, a custom key is used to click the mouse and scroll 127 units vertically and horizontally, then undo all of that when released - because that's a totally useful function.  Listen, this is an example:
+
+```
+case MS_SPECIAL:
+	report_mouse_t currentReport = pointing_device_get_report();
+    if (record->event.pressed)
+    {
+        currentReport.v = 127;
+		currentReport.h = 127;
+		currentReport.buttons |= MOUSE_BTN1; //this is defined in report.h
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        currentReport.v = -127;
+        currentReport.h = -127;
+        currentReport.buttons &= ~MOUSE_BTN1;
+    }
+	pointing_device_set_report(currentReport);
+    break;
+```
+
+Recall that the mouse report is set to zero (except the buttons) whenever it is sent, so the scrolling would only occur once in each case.

docs/feature_ps2_mouse.md

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+## PS/2 Mouse Support
+
+Its possible to hook up a PS/2 mouse (for example touchpads or trackpoints) to your keyboard as a composite device.
+
+To hook up a Trackpoint, you need to obtain a Trackpoint module (i.e. harvest from a Thinkpad keyboard), identify the function of each pin of the module, and make the necessary circuitry between controller and Trackpoint module. For more information, please refer to [Trackpoint Hardware](https://deskthority.net/wiki/TrackPoint_Hardware) page on Deskthority Wiki.
+
+There are three available modes for hooking up PS/2 devices: USART (best), interrupts (better) or busywait (not recommended).
+
+### The Cirtuitry between Trackpoint and Controller
+
+To get the things working, a 4.7K drag is needed between the two lines DATA and CLK and the line 5+. 
+
+```
+
+          DATA ----------+--------- PIN
+                         |
+                        4.7K
+                         |
+MODULE    5+  --------+--+--------- PWR   CONTROLLER
+                      |
+                     4.7K
+                      |    
+          CLK   ------+------------ PIN
+```
+
+
+### Busywait Version
+
+Note: This is not recommended, you may encounter jerky movement or unsent inputs. Please use interrupt or USART version if possible.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   1
+#   define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#   define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#   define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#   define PS2_DATA_BIT    2
+#endif
+```
+
+### Interrupt Version
+
+The following example uses D2 for clock and D5 for data. You can use any INT or PCINT pin for clock, and any pin for data.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_INT = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_INT
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   2
+#define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#define PS2_DATA_BIT    5
+
+#define PS2_INT_INIT()  do {    \
+    EICRA |= ((1<<ISC21) |      \
+              (0<<ISC20));      \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_ON()  do {      \
+    EIMSK |= (1<<INT2);         \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_OFF() do {      \
+    EIMSK &= ~(1<<INT2);        \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_VECT   INT2_vect
+#endif
+```
+
+### USART Version
+
+To use USART on the ATMega32u4, you have to use PD5 for clock and PD2 for data. If one of those are unavailable, you need to use interrupt version.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_USART = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_USART
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   5
+#define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#define PS2_DATA_BIT    2
+
+/* synchronous, odd parity, 1-bit stop, 8-bit data, sample at falling edge */
+/* set DDR of CLOCK as input to be slave */
+#define PS2_USART_INIT() do {   \
+    PS2_CLOCK_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_CLOCK_BIT);   \
+    PS2_DATA_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_DATA_BIT);     \
+    UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL10) |  \
+              (3 << UPM10)   |  \
+              (0 << USBS1)   |  \
+              (3 << UCSZ10)  |  \
+              (0 << UCPOL1));   \
+    UCSR1A = 0;                 \
+    UBRR1H = 0;                 \
+    UBRR1L = 0;                 \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_INT_ON() do {  \
+    UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) |       \
+              (1 << RXEN1));        \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_POLL_ON() do { \
+    UCSR1B = (1 << RXEN1);          \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_OFF() do {    \
+    UCSR1C = 0;                 \
+    UCSR1B &= ~((1 << RXEN1) |  \
+                (1 << TXEN1));  \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_READY      (UCSR1A & (1<<RXC1))
+#define PS2_USART_RX_DATA       UDR1
+#define PS2_USART_ERROR         (UCSR1A & ((1<<FE1) | (1<<DOR1) | (1<<UPE1)))
+#define PS2_USART_RX_VECT       USART1_RX_vect
+#endif
+```
+
+### Additional Settings
+
+#### PS/2 Mouse Features
+
+These enable settings supported by the PS/2 mouse protocol: http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/
+
+```
+/* Use remote mode instead of the default stream mode (see link) */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_REMOTE_MODE
+
+/* Enable the scrollwheel or scroll gesture on your mouse or touchpad */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE_SCROLLING
+
+/* Some mice will need a scroll mask to be configured. The default is 0xFF. */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_MASK 0x0F
+
+/* Applies a transformation to the movement before sending to the host (see link) */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_2_1_SCALING
+
+/* The time to wait after initializing the ps2 host */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INIT_DELAY 1000 /* Default */
+```
+
+You can also call the following functions from ps2_mouse.h
+
+```
+void ps2_mouse_disable_data_reporting(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_enable_data_reporting(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_remote_mode(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_stream_mode(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_2_1(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_1_1(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_resolution(ps2_mouse_resolution_t resolution);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_sample_rate(ps2_mouse_sample_rate_t sample_rate);
+```
+
+#### Fine Control
+
+Use the following defines to change the sensitivity and speed of the mouse.
+Note: you can also use `ps2_mouse_set_resolution` for the same effect (not supported on most touchpads).
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_X_MULTIPLIER 3
+#define PS2_MOUSE_Y_MULTIPLIER 3
+#define PS2_MOUSE_V_MULTIPLIER 1
+```
+
+#### Scroll Button
+
+If you're using a trackpoint, you will likely want to be able to use it for scrolling.
+Its possible to enable a "scroll button/s" that when pressed will cause the mouse to scroll instead of moving.
+To enable the feature, you must set a scroll button mask as follows:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK (1<<PS2_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE) /* Default */
+```
+
+To disable the scroll button feature:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK 0
+```
+
+The available buttons are:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_LEFT      0
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT     1
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE    2
+```
+
+You can also combine buttons in the mask by `|`ing them together.
+
+Once you've configured your scroll button mask, you must configure the scroll button send interval.
+This is the interval before which if the scroll buttons were released they would be sent to the host.
+After this interval, they will cause the mouse to scroll and will not be sent.
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 300 /* Default */
+```
+
+To disable sending the scroll buttons:
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 0
+```
+
+Fine control over the scrolling is supported with the following defines:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_H 2
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_V 2
+```
+
+#### Invert Mouse and Scroll Axes
+
+To invert the X and Y axes you can put:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_X
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_Y
+```
+
+into config.h.
+
+To reverse the scroll axes you can put:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_H
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_V
+```
+
+into config.h.
+
+#### Debug Settings
+
+To debug the mouse, add `debug_mouse = true` or enable via bootmagic.
+
+```
+/* To debug the mouse reports */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_HID
+#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_RAW
+```

docs/feature_rgb_matrix.md

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+# RGB Matrix Lighting
+
+## Driver configuration
+
+### IS31FL3731
+
+There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3731 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
+
+    RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+
+Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
+
+	// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+	// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+	// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+	// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
+	// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
+	// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
+	// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
+	#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
+	#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
+
+	#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
+	#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 25
+	#define DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL 24
+	#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
+
+Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
+
+Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+	const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+	/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+	 *   driver
+	 *   |  R location
+	 *   |  |      G location
+	 *   |  |      |      B location
+	 *   |  |      |      | */
+	    {0, C1_3,  C2_3,  C3_3},
+	    ....
+	}
+
+Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0` or `1` right now).
+
+###  IS31FL3733
+
+There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3733 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
+
+    RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3733
+
+Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
+
+	// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+	// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+	// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+	// 00 <-> GND
+	// 01 <-> SCL
+	// 10 <-> SDA
+	// 11 <-> VCC
+	// ADDR1 represents A1:A0 of the 7-bit address.
+	// ADDR2 represents A3:A2 of the 7-bit address.
+	// The result is: 0b101(ADDR2)(ADDR1)
+	#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1010000
+	#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1010000 // this is here for compliancy reasons.
+
+	#define DRIVER_COUNT 1
+	#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 64
+	#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL
+
+Currently only a single drivers is supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations. For now define `DRIVER_ADDR_2` as `DRIVER_ADDR_1`
+
+Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+	const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+	/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+	 *   driver
+	 *   |  R location
+	 *   |  |       G location
+	 *   |  |       |       B location
+	 *   |  |       |       | */
+	    {0, B_1,    A_1,    C_1},
+	    ....
+	}
+
+Where `X_Y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3733.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3733.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (Only `0` right now).
+
+From this point forward the configuration is the same for all the drivers. 
+
+	const rgb_led g_rgb_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+	/* {row | col << 4}
+	 *    |           {x=0..224, y=0..64}
+	 *    |              |               modifier
+	 *    |              |                 | */
+	    {{0|(0<<4)},   {20.36*0, 21.33*0}, 1},
+	    {{0|(1<<4)},   {20.36*1, 21.33*0}, 1},
+	    ....
+	}
+
+The format for the matrix position used in this array is `{row | (col << 4)}`. The `x` is between (inclusive) 0-224, and `y` is between (inclusive) 0-64. The easiest way to calculate these positions is:
+
+    x = 224 / ( NUMBER_OF_ROWS - 1 ) * ROW_POSITION
+    y = 64 / (NUMBER_OF_COLS - 1 ) * COL_POSITION
+
+Where all variables are decimels/floats.
+
+`modifier` is a boolean, whether or not a certain key is considered a modifier (used in some effects).
+
+## Keycodes
+
+All RGB keycodes are currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system:
+
+	* `RGB_TOG` - toggle
+	* `RGB_MOD` - cycle through modes
+	* `RGB_HUI` - increase hue
+	* `RGB_HUD` - decrease hue
+	* `RGB_SAI` - increase saturation
+	* `RGB_SAD` - decrease saturation
+	* `RGB_VAI` - increase value
+	* `RGB_VAD` - decrease value
+	* `RGB_SPI` - increase speed effect (no EEPROM support)
+	* `RGB_SPD` - decrease speed effect (no EEPROM support)
+
+
+	* `RGB_MODE_*` keycodes will generally work, but are not currently mapped to the correct effects for the RGB Matrix system
+
+## RGB Matrix Effects
+
+These are the effects that are currently available:
+
+	enum rgb_matrix_effects {
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_COLOR = 1,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN,
+	#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH,
+	#endif
+	    RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT_MAX
+	};
+    
+You can disable a single effect by defining `DISABLE_[EFFECT_NAME]` in your `config.h`:
+
+
+|Define                                             |Description                                 |
+|---------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS`           |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON`           |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN`      |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN`      |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS`             |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS`             |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL`             |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL`             |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT`      |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT`      |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN`         |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON`        |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON`        |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS`     |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS`     |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON`|Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON`|
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS`   |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS`   |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN`          |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN`          |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE`        |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE`        |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH`                |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH`                |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH`           |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH`          |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH`          |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH`     |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH`     |
+
+
+## Custom layer effects
+
+Custom layer effects can be done by defining this in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+    void rgb_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
+        rgb_matrix_set_color(index, red, green, blue);
+    }
+
+A similar function works in the keymap as `rgb_matrix_indicators_user`.
+
+## Additional `config.h` Options
+
+	#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES // reacts to keypresses (will slow down matrix scan by a lot)
+	#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES // reacts to keyreleases (not recommened)
+	#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 0 // number of ticks to wait until disabling effects
+	#define RGB_DISABLE_WHEN_USB_SUSPENDED false // turn off effects when suspended
+    #define RGB_MATRIX_SKIP_FRAMES 1 // number of frames to skip when displaying animations (0 is full effect) if not defined defaults to 1
+    #define RGB_MATRIX_MAXIMUM_BRIGHTNESS 200 // limits maximum brightness of LEDs to 200 out of 255. If not defined maximum brightness is set to 255
+
+## EEPROM storage
+
+The EEPROM for it is currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system (it's generally assumed only one RGB would be used at a time), but could be configured to use its own 32bit address with:
+
+    #define EECONFIG_RGB_MATRIX (uint32_t *)16
+
+Where `16` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
+
+## Suspended state
+
+To use the suspend feature, add this to your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+	void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
+	{
+	    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
+	}
+
+	void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
+	{
+	    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
+	}

docs/feature_rgblight.md

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+# RGB Lighting
+
+QMK has the ability to control RGB LEDs attached to your keyboard. This is commonly called *underglow*, due to the LEDs often being mounted on the bottom of the keyboard, producing a nice diffused effect when combined with a translucent case.
+
+![Planck with RGB Underglow](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/3774a7fcdab5544fc787f4c200be05fcd417e31f/keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/planck-with-rgb-underglow.jpg)
+
+Some keyboards come with RGB LEDs preinstalled. Others must have them installed after the fact. See the [Hardware Modification](#hardware-modification) section for information on adding RGB lighting to your keyboard.
+
+Currently QMK supports the following addressable LEDs on AVR microcontrollers (however, the white LED in RGBW variants is not supported):
+
+ * WS2811, WS2812, WS2812B, WS2812C, etc.
+ * SK6812, SK6812MINI, SK6805
+
+These LEDs are called "addressable" because instead of using a wire per color, each LED contains a small microchip that understands a special protocol sent over a single wire. The chip passes on the remaining data to the next LED, allowing them to be chained together. In this way, you can easily control the color of the individual LEDs.
+
+## Usage
+
+On keyboards with onboard RGB LEDs, it is usually enabled by default. If it is not working for you, check that your `rules.mk` includes the following:
+
+```make
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+At minimum you must define the data pin your LED strip is connected to, and the number of LEDs in the strip, in your `config.h`. If your keyboard has onboard RGB LEDs, and you are simply creating a keymap, you usually won't need to modify these.
+
+|Define      |Description                                  |
+|------------|---------------------------------------------|
+|`RGB_DI_PIN`|The pin connected to the data pin of the LEDs|
+|`RGBLED_NUM`|The number of LEDs connected                 |
+
+Then you should be able to use the keycodes below to change the RGB lighting to your liking.
+
+### Color Selection
+
+QMK uses [Hue, Saturation, and Value](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV) to select colors rather than RGB. The color wheel below demonstrates how this works.
+
+<img src="gitbook/images/color-wheel.svg" alt="HSV Color Wheel" width="250"/>
+
+Changing the **Hue** cycles around the circle.  
+Changing the **Saturation** moves between the inner and outer sections of the wheel, affecting the intensity of the color.  
+Changing the **Value** sets the overall brightness.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Key                |Aliases   |Description                                                         |
+|-------------------|----------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGB_TOG`          |          |Toggle RGB lighting on or off                                       |
+|`RGB_MODE_FORWARD` |`RGB_MOD` |Cycle through modes, reverse direction when Shift is held           |
+|`RGB_MODE_REVERSE` |`RGB_RMOD`|Cycle through modes in reverse, forward direction when Shift is held|
+|`RGB_HUI`          |          |Increase hue                                                        |
+|`RGB_HUD`          |          |Decrease hue                                                        |
+|`RGB_SAI`          |          |Increase saturation                                                 |
+|`RGB_SAD`          |          |Decrease saturation                                                 |
+|`RGB_VAI`          |          |Increase value (brightness)                                         |
+|`RGB_VAD`          |          |Decrease value (brightness)                                         |
+|`RGB_MODE_PLAIN`   |`RGB_M_P `|Static (no animation) mode                                          |
+|`RGB_MODE_BREATHE` |`RGB_M_B` |Breathing animation mode                                            |
+|`RGB_MODE_RAINBOW` |`RGB_M_R` |Rainbow animation mode                                              |
+|`RGB_MODE_SWIRL`   |`RGB_M_SW`|Swirl animation mode                                                |
+|`RGB_MODE_SNAKE`   |`RGB_M_SN`|Snake animation mode                                                |
+|`RGB_MODE_KNIGHT`  |`RGB_M_K` |"Knight Rider" animation mode                                       |
+|`RGB_MODE_XMAS`    |`RGB_M_X` |Christmas animation mode                                            |
+|`RGB_MODE_GRADIENT`|`RGB_M_G` |Static gradient animation mode                                      |
+|`RGB_MODE_RGBTEST` |`RGB_M_T` |Red, Green, Blue test animation mode                                |
+
+?> For backwards compatibility, `RGB_SMOD` is another alias of `RGB_MOD`.
+
+## Configuration
+
+Your RGB lighting can be configured by placing these `#define`s in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define               |Default      |Description                                                                  |
+|---------------------|-------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP`  |`10`         |The number of steps to cycle through the hue by                              |
+|`RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP`  |`17`         |The number of steps to increment the saturation by                           |
+|`RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP`  |`17`         |The number of steps to increment the brightness by                           |
+|`RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` |`255`        |The maximum brightness level                                                 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_SLEEP`     |*Not defined*|If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep|
+
+## Animations
+
+
+Not only can this lighting be whatever color you want,
+if `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_xxxx` or `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` is defined, you also have a number of animation modes at your disposal:
+
+|Mode number symbol           |Additional number  |Description                            |
+|-----------------------------|-------------------|---------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_STATIC_LIGHT` | *None*            |Solid color (this mode is always enabled) |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_BREATHING`    | 0,1,2,3           |Solid color breathing                  |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RAINBOW_MOOD` | 0,1,2             |Cycling rainbow                        |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RAINBOW_SWIRL`| 0,1,2,3,4,5       |Swirling rainbow                       |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_SNAKE`        | 0,1,2,3,4,5       |Snake                                  |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_KNIGHT`       | 0,1,2             |Knight                                 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_CHRISTMAS`    | *None*            |Christmas                              |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_STATIC_GRADIENT`| 0,1,..,9        |Static gradient                        |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RGB_TEST`     | *None*            |RGB Test                               |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_ALTERNATING`  | *None*            |Alternating                            |
+
+Check out [this video](https://youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY) for a demonstration.
+
+Note: For versions older than 0.6.117, The mode numbers were written directly. In `quantum/rgblight.h` there is a contrast table between the old mode number and the current symbol.
+
+The following options can be used to tweak the various animations:
+
+|Define                              |Default      |Description                                                                          |
+|------------------------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING`         |*Not defined*|If defined, enable breathing animation mode.                                         |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_MOOD`      |*Not defined*|If defined, enable rainbow mood animation mode.                                      |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL`     |*Not defined*|If defined, enable rainbow swirl animation mode.                                     |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE`             |*Not defined*|If defined, enable snake animation mode.                                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT`            |*Not defined*|If defined, enable knight animation mode.                                            |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS`         |*Not defined*|If defined, enable christmas animation mode.                                         |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT`   |*Not defined*|If defined, enable static gradient mode.                                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RGB_TEST`          |*Not defined*|If defined, enable RGB test animation mode.                                          |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_ALTERNATING`       |*Not defined*|If defined, enable alternating animation mode.                                       |
+|`RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`               |*Not defined*|If defined, enables all additional animation modes                                   |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_CENTER`    |`1.85`       |Used to calculate the curve for the breathing animation. Valid values are 1.0 to 2.7 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_MAX`       |`255`        |The maximum brightness for the breathing mode. Valid values are 1 to 255             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE_LENGTH`      |`4`          |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Snake" animation                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LENGTH`     |`3`          |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Knight" animation                            |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_OFFSET`     |`0`          |The number of LEDs to start the "Knight" animation from the start of the strip by    |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LED_NUM`    |`RGBLED_NUM` |The number of LEDs to have the "Knight" animation travel                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_INTERVAL`|`1000`       |How long to wait between light changes for the "Christmas" animation, in milliseconds|
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_STEP`    |`2`          |The number of LEDs to group the red/green colors by for the "Christmas" animation    |
+|`RGBLIGHT_RAINBOW_SWIRL_RANGE`      |`360`        |Range adjustment for the rainbow swirl effect to get different swirls                |
+
+You can also modify the speeds that the different modes animate at:
+
+```c
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Solid color breathing" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_BREATHING_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {30, 20, 10, 5};
+
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Cycling rainbow" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_RAINBOW_MOOD_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {120, 60, 30};
+
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Swirling rainbow" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_RAINBOW_SWIRL_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
+
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Snake" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_SNAKE_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
+
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Knight" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_KNIGHT_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {127, 63, 31};
+
+// These control which hues are selected for each of the "Static gradient" modes
+const uint16_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {360, 240, 180, 120, 90};
+```
+
+## Functions
+
+If you need to change your RGB lighting in code, for example in a macro to change the color whenever you switch layers, QMK provides a set of functions to assist you. See [`rgblight.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight.h) for the full list, but the most commonly used functions include:
+
+|Function                           |Description                                                                                                                                                            |
+|-----------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`rgblight_enable()`                |Turn LEDs on, based on their previous state                                                                                                                            |
+|`rgblight_enable_noeeprom()`       |Turn LEDs on, based on their previous state (not written to EEPROM)                                                                                                    |
+|`rgblight_disable()`               |Turn LEDs off                                                                                                                                                          |
+|`rgblight_disable_noeeprom()`      |Turn LEDs off (not written to EEPROM)                                                                                                                                  |
+|`rgblight_mode(x)`                 |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled                                                                                                                            |
+|`rgblight_mode_noeeprom(x)`        |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled (not written to EEPROM)                                                                                                    |
+|`rgblight_setrgb(r, g, b)`         |Set all LEDs to the given RGB value where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM)                                                                    |
+|`rgblight_setrgb_at(r, g, b, led)` |Set a single LED to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `led` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)                       |
+|`rgblight_sethsv(h, s, v)`         |Set all LEDs to the given HSV value where `h` is between 0 and 360 and `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255                                                                   |
+|`rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v)`|Set all LEDs to the given HSV value where `h` is between 0 and 360 and `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM)                                           |
+|`rgblight_sethsv_at(h, s, v, led)` |Set a single LED to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `led` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
+
+Additionally, [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h) defines several predefined shortcuts for various colors. Feel free to add to this list!
+
+## Hardware Modification
+
+If your keyboard lacks onboard underglow LEDs, you may often be able to solder on an RGB LED strip yourself. You will need to find an unused pin to wire to the data pin of your LED strip. Some keyboards may break out unused pins from the MCU to make soldering easier. The other two pins, VCC and GND, must also be connected to the appropriate power pins.

docs/feature_space_cadet_shift.md

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Space Cadet Shift: The Future, Built In
+
+Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds.
+
+## Usage
+
+Replace the Left Shift key in your keymap with `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open), and Right Shift with `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close).
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode  |Description                           |
+|---------|--------------------------------------|
+|`KC_LSPO`|Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped |
+|`KC_RSPC`|Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped|
+
+## Caveats
+
+Space Cadet's functionality can conflict with the default Command functionality when both Shift keys are held at the same time. Make sure that Command is disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no
+```
+
+## Configuration
+
+By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if your layout uses different keys for parentheses, you can redefine them in your `config.h`.
+You can also disable the rollover, allowing you to use the opposite Shift key to cancel the Space Cadet state in the event of an erroneous press, instead of emitting a pair of parentheses when the keys are released.
+
+|Define                        |Default      |Description                                                 |
+|------------------------------|-------------|------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LSPO_KEY`                    |`KC_9`       |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped               |
+|`RSPC_KEY`                    |`KC_0`       |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped              |
+|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_ROLLOVER`|*Not defined*|If defined, use the opposite Shift key to cancel Space Cadet|

docs/feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Space Cadet Shift Enter
+
+Based on the [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) feature. Tap the Shift key on its own, and it behaves like Enter. When held, the Shift functions as normal.
+
+## Usage
+
+Replace any Shift key in your keymap with `KC_SFTENT` (Shift, Enter), and you're done.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode    |Description                             |
+|-----------|----------------------------------------|
+|`KC_SFTENT`|Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped|
+
+## Caveats
+
+As with Space Cadet Shift, this feature may conflict with Command, so it should be disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no
+```
+
+This feature also uses the same timers as Space Cadet Shift, so using them in tandem may produce strange results.
+
+## Configuration
+
+By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if you'd like to use a different key for Enter, you can redefine it in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define      |Default |Description                                     |
+|------------|--------|------------------------------------------------|
+|`SFTENT_KEY`|`KC_ENT`|The keycode to send when the Shift key is tapped|

docs/feature_stenography.md

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# Stenography in QMK
+
+[Stenography](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stenotype) is a method of writing most often used by court reports, closed-captioning, and real-time transcription for the deaf. In stenography words are chorded syllable by syllable with a mixture of spelling, phonetic, and shortcut (briefs) strokes. Professional stenographers can reach 200-300 WPM without any of the strain usually found in standard typing and with far fewer errors (>99.9% accuracy).
+
+The [Open Steno Project](http://www.openstenoproject.org/) has built an open-source program called Plover that provides real-time translation of steno strokes into words and commands. It has an established dictionary and supports
+
+## Plover with QWERTY Keyboard
+
+Plover can work with any standard QWERTY keyboard, although it is more efficient if the keyboard supports NKRO (n-key rollover) to allow Plover to see all the pressed keys at once. An example keymap for Plover can be found in `planck/keymaps/default`. Switching to the `PLOVER` layer adjusts the position of the keyboard to support the number bar.
+
+To use Plover with QMK just enable NKRO and optionally adjust your layout if you have anything other than a standard layout. You may also want to purchase some steno-friendly keycaps to make it easier to hit multiple keys.
+
+## Plover with Steno Protocol
+
+Plover also understands the language of several steno machines. QMK can speak a couple of these languages, TX Bolt and GeminiPR. An example layout can be found in `planck/keymaps/steno`.
+
+When QMK speaks to Plover over a steno protocol Plover will not use the keyboard as input. This means that you can switch back and forth between a standard keyboard and your steno keyboard, or even switch layers from Plover to standard and back without needing to activate/deactivate Plover.
+
+In this mode Plover expects to speak with a steno machine over a serial port so QMK will present itself to the operating system as a virtual serial port in addition to a keyboard. By default QMK will speak the TX Bolt protocol but can be switched to GeminiPR; the last protocol used is stored in non-volatile memory so QMK will use the same protocol on restart.
+
+> Note: Due to hardware limitations you may not be able to run both a virtual serial port and mouse emulation at the same time.
+
+### TX Bolt
+
+TX Bolt communicates the status of 24 keys over a very simple protocol in variable-sized (1-5 byte) packets.
+
+### GeminiPR
+
+GeminiPR encodes 42 keys into a 6-byte packet. While TX Bolt contains everything that is necessary for standard stenography, GeminiPR opens up many more options, including supporting non-English theories.
+
+## Configuring QMK for Steno
+
+Firstly, enable steno in your keymap's Makefile. You may also need disable mousekeys, extra keys, or another USB endpoint to prevent conflicts. The builtin USB stack for some processors only supports a certain number of USB endpoints and the virtual serial port needed for steno fills 3 of them.
+
+```Makefile
+STENO_ENABLE = yes
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no
+```
+
+In your keymap create a new layer for Plover. You will need to include `keymap_steno.h`. See `planck/keymaps/steno/keymap.c` for an example. Remember to create a key to switch to the layer as well as a key for exiting the layer. If you would like to switch modes on the fly you can use the keycodes `QK_STENO_BOLT` and `QK_STENO_GEMINI`. If you only want to use one of the protocols you may set it up in your initialization function:
+
+```C
+void matrix_init_user() {
+  steno_set_mode(STENO_MODE_GEMINI); // or STENO_MODE_BOLT
+}
+```
+
+Once you have your keyboard flashed launch Plover. Click the 'Configure...' button. In the 'Machine' tab select the Stenotype Machine that corresponds to your desired protocol. Click the 'Configure...' button on this tab and enter the serial port or click 'Scan'. Baud rate is fine at 9600 (although you should be able to set as high as 115200 with no issues). Use the default settings for everything else (Data Bits: 8, Stop Bits: 1, Parity: N, no flow control).
+
+On the display tab click 'Open stroke display'. With Plover disabled you should be able to hit keys on your keyboard and see them show up in the stroke display window. Use this to make sure you have set up your keymap correctly. You are now ready to steno!
+
+## Learning Stenography
+
+* [Learn Plover!](https://sites.google.com/site/ploverdoc/)
+* [QWERTY Steno](http://qwertysteno.com/Home/)
+* [Steno Jig](https://joshuagrams.github.io/steno-jig/)
+* More resources at the Plover [Learning Stenography](https://github.com/openstenoproject/plover/wiki/Learning-Stenography) wiki
+
+## Interfacing with the code
+
+The steno code has three interceptible hooks. If you define these functions, they will be called at certain points in processing; if they return true, processing continues, otherwise it's assumed you handled things.
+
+```C
+bool send_steno_chord_user(steno_mode_t mode, uint8_t chord[6]);
+```
+
+This function is called when a chord is about to be sent. Mode will be one of `STENO_MODE_BOLT` or `STENO_MODE_GEMINI`. This represents the actual chord that would be sent via whichever protocol. You can modify the chord provided to alter what gets sent. Remember to return true if you want the regular sending process to happen.
+
+```C
+bool process_steno_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) { return true; }
+```
+
+This function is called when a keypress has come in, before it is processed. The keycode should be one of `QK_STENO_BOLT`, `QK_STENO_GEMINI`, or one of the `STN_*` key values.
+
+```C
+bool postprocess_steno_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record, steno_mode_t mode, uint8_t chord[6], int8_t pressed);
+```
+
+This function is called after a key has been processed, but before any decision about whether or not to send a chord. If `IS_PRESSED(record->event)` is false, and `pressed` is 0 or 1, the chord will be sent shortly, but has not yet been sent. This is where to put hooks for things like, say, live displays of steno chords or keys.
+
+
+## Keycode Reference
+
+As defined in `keymap_steno.h`.
+
+> Note: TX Bolt does not support the full set of keys. The TX Bolt implementation in QMK will map the GeminiPR keys to the nearest TX Bolt key so that one key map will work for both.
+
+|GeminiPR|TX Bolt|Steno Key|
+|--------|-------|-----------|
+|`STN_N1`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #1|
+|`STN_N2`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #2|
+|`STN_N3`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #3|
+|`STN_N4`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #4|
+|`STN_N5`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #5|
+|`STN_N6`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #6|
+|`STN_N7`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #7|
+|`STN_N8`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #8|
+|`STN_N9`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #9|
+|`STN_NA`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #A|
+|`STN_NB`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #B|
+|`STN_NC`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #C|
+|`STN_S1`|`STN_SL`| `S-` upper|
+|`STN_S2`|`STN_SL`| `S-` lower|
+|`STN_TL`|`STN_TL`| `T-`|
+|`STN_KL`|`STN_KL`| `K-`|
+|`STN_PL`|`STN_PL`| `P-`|
+|`STN_WL`|`STN_WL`| `W-`|
+|`STN_HL`|`STN_HL`| `H-`|
+|`STN_RL`|`STN_RL`| `R-`|
+|`STN_A`|`STN_A`| `A` vowel|
+|`STN_O`|`STN_O`| `O` vowel|
+|`STN_ST1`|`STN_STR`| `*` upper-left |
+|`STN_ST2`|`STN_STR`| `*` lower-left|
+|`STN_ST3`|`STN_STR`| `*` upper-right|
+|`STN_ST4`|`STN_STR`| `*` lower-right|
+|`STN_E`|`STN_E`| `E` vowel|
+|`STN_U`|`STN_U`| `U` vowel|
+|`STN_FR`|`STN_FR`| `-F`|
+|`STN_PR`|`STN_PR`| `-P`|
+|`STN_RR`|`STN_RR`| `-R`|
+|`STN_BR`|`STN_BR`| `-B`|
+|`STN_LR`|`STN_LR`| `-L`|
+|`STN_GR`|`STN_GR`| `-G`|
+|`STN_TR`|`STN_TR`| `-T`|
+|`STN_SR`|`STN_SR`| `-S`|
+|`STN_DR`|`STN_DR`| `-D`|
+|`STN_ZR`|`STN_ZR`| `-Z`|
+|`STN_FN`|| (GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_RES1`||(GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_RES2`||(GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_PWR`||(GeminiPR only)|
+

docs/feature_swap_hands.md

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Swap-Hands Action
+
+The swap-hands action allows support for one-handed typing without requiring a separate layer. Set `SWAP_HANDS_ENABLE` in the Makefile and define a `hand_swap_config` entry in your keymap. Now whenever the `ACTION_SWAP_HANDS` command key is pressed the keyboard is mirrored. For instance, to type "Hello, World" on QWERTY you would type `^Ge^s^s^w^c W^wr^sd`
+
+## Configuration
+
+The configuration table is a simple 2-dimensional array to map from column/row to new column/row. Example `hand_swap_config` for Planck:
+
+```C
+const keypos_t hand_swap_config[MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  {{11, 0}, {10, 0}, {9, 0}, {8, 0}, {7, 0}, {6, 0}, {5, 0}, {4, 0}, {3, 0}, {2, 0}, {1, 0}, {0, 0}},
+  {{11, 1}, {10, 1}, {9, 1}, {8, 1}, {7, 1}, {6, 1}, {5, 1}, {4, 1}, {3, 1}, {2, 1}, {1, 1}, {0, 1}},
+  {{11, 2}, {10, 2}, {9, 2}, {8, 2}, {7, 2}, {6, 2}, {5, 2}, {4, 2}, {3, 2}, {2, 2}, {1, 2}, {0, 2}},
+  {{11, 3}, {10, 3}, {9, 3}, {8, 3}, {7, 3}, {6, 3}, {5, 3}, {4, 3}, {3, 3}, {2, 3}, {1, 3}, {0, 3}},
+};
+```
+
+Note that the array indices are reversed same as the matrix and the values are of type `keypos_t` which is `{col, row}` and all values are zero-based. In the example above, `hand_swap_config[2][4]` (third row, fifth column) would return `{7, 2}` (third row, eighth column). Yes, this is confusing.
+
+## Swap Keycodes
+
+|Key        |Description                                                              |
+|-----------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`SH_T(key)`|Sends `key` with a tap; momentary swap when held.                        |
+|`SH_ON`    |Turns on swapping and leaves it on.                                      |
+|`SH_OFF`   |Turn off swapping and leaves it off. Good for returning to a known state.|
+|`SH_MON`   |Swaps hands when pressed, returns to normal when released (momentary).   |
+|`SH_MOFF`  |Momentarily turns off swap.                                              |
+|`SH_TG`    |Toggles swap on and off with every key press.                            |
+|`SH_TT`    |Toggles with a tap; momentary when held.                                 |

docs/feature_tap_dance.md

@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+# Tap Dance: A Single Key Can Do 3, 5, or 100 Different Things
+
+<!-- FIXME: Break this up into multiple sections -->
+
+Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. It's one of the nicest community-contributed features in the firmware, conceived and created by [algernon](https://github.com/algernon) in [#451](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/451). Here's how algernon describes the feature:
+
+With this feature one can specify keys that behave differently, based on the amount of times they have been tapped, and when interrupted, they get handled before the interrupter.
+
+To make it clear how this is different from `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, let's explore a certain setup! We want one key to send `Space` on single tap, but `Enter` on double-tap.
+
+With `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, it is quite a rain-dance to set this up, and has the problem that when the sequence is interrupted, the interrupting key will be sent first. Thus, `SPC a` will result in `a SPC` being sent, if they are typed within `TAPPING_TERM`. With the tap dance feature, that'll come out as `SPC a`, correctly.
+
+The implementation hooks into two parts of the system, to achieve this: into `process_record_quantum()`, and the matrix scan. We need the latter to be able to time out a tap sequence even when a key is not being pressed, so `SPC` alone will time out and register after `TAPPING_TERM` time.
+
+But lets start with how to use it, first!
+
+First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE=yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size. Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that - similar to `F()`, takes a number, which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array.
+
+This array specifies what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in action. Currently, there are five possible options:
+
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(kc1, kc2)`: Sends the `kc1` keycode when tapped once, `kc2` otherwise. When the key is held, the appropriate keycode is registered: `kc1` when pressed and held, `kc2` when tapped once, then pressed and held.
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DUAL_ROLE(kc, layer)`: Sends the `kc` keycode when tapped once, or moves to `layer`. (this functions like the `TO` layer keycode).
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(fn)`: Calls the specified function - defined in the user keymap - with the final tap count of the tap dance action.
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn)`: Calls the first specified function - defined in the user keymap - on every tap, the second function when the dance action finishes (like the previous option), and the last function when the tap dance action resets.
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn, tap_specific_tapping_term)`: This functions identically to the `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED` function, but uses a custom tapping term for it, instead of the predefined `TAPPING_TERM`.
+
+The first option is enough for a lot of cases, that just want dual roles. For example, `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_SPC, KC_ENT)` will result in `Space` being sent on single-tap, `Enter` otherwise.
+
+!> Keep in mind that only [basic keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) are supported here. Custom keycodes are not supported.
+
+And that's the bulk of it!
+
+And now, on to the explanation of how it works!
+
+The main entry point is `process_tap_dance()`, called from `process_record_quantum()`, which is run for every keypress, and our handler gets to run early. This function checks whether the key pressed is a tap-dance key. If it is not, and a tap-dance was in action, we handle that first, and enqueue the newly pressed key. If it is a tap-dance key, then we check if it is the same as the already active one (if there's one active, that is). If it is not, we fire off the old one first, then register the new one. If it was the same, we increment the counter and the timer.
+
+This means that you have `TAPPING_TERM` time to tap the key again, you do not have to input all the taps within that timeframe. This allows for longer tap counts, with minimal impact on responsiveness.
+
+Our next stop is `matrix_scan_tap_dance()`. This handles the timeout of tap-dance keys.
+
+For the sake of flexibility, tap-dance actions can be either a pair of keycodes, or a user function. The latter allows one to handle higher tap counts, or do extra things, like blink the LEDs, fiddle with the backlighting, and so on. This is accomplished by using an union, and some clever macros.
+
+# Examples
+
+## Simple Example
+
+Here's a simple example for a single definition:
+
+1. In your `rules.mk`, add `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes`
+2. In your `config.h` (which you can copy from `qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck/config.h` to your keymap directory), add `#define TAPPING_TERM 200`
+3. In your `keymap.c` file, define the variables and definitions, then add to your keymap:
+
+```c
+//Tap Dance Declarations
+enum {
+  TD_ESC_CAPS = 0
+};
+
+//Tap Dance Definitions
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  //Tap once for Esc, twice for Caps Lock
+  [TD_ESC_CAPS]  = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_ESC, KC_CAPS)
+// Other declarations would go here, separated by commas, if you have them
+};
+
+//In Layer declaration, add tap dance item in place of a key code
+TD(TD_ESC_CAPS)
+```
+
+## Complex Examples
+
+This section details several complex tap dance examples.
+All the enums used in the examples are declared like this:
+
+```c
+// Enums defined for all examples:
+enum {
+ CT_SE = 0,
+ CT_CLN,
+ CT_EGG,
+ CT_FLSH,
+ X_TAP_DANCE
+};
+```
+### Example 1: Send `:` on Single Tap, `;` on Double Tap
+```c
+void dance_cln_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    register_code (KC_RSFT);
+    register_code (KC_SCLN);
+  } else {
+    register_code (KC_SCLN);
+  }
+}
+
+void dance_cln_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    unregister_code (KC_RSFT);
+    unregister_code (KC_SCLN);
+  } else {
+    unregister_code (KC_SCLN);
+  }
+}
+
+//All tap dance functions would go here. Only showing this one.
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+ [CT_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset)
+};
+```
+### Example 2: Send "Safety Dance!" After 100 Taps
+```c
+void dance_egg (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count >= 100) {
+    SEND_STRING ("Safety dance!");
+    reset_tap_dance (state);
+  }
+}
+
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+ [CT_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN (dance_egg)
+};
+```
+
+### Example 3: Turn LED Lights On Then Off, One at a Time
+
+```c
+// on each tap, light up one led, from right to left
+// on the forth tap, turn them off from right to left
+void dance_flsh_each(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  switch (state->count) {
+  case 1:
+    ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+    break;
+  case 2:
+    ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+    break;
+  case 3:
+    ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+    break;
+  case 4:
+    ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+    _delay_ms(50);
+    ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+    _delay_ms(50);
+    ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+  }
+}
+
+// on the fourth tap, set the keyboard on flash state
+void dance_flsh_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count >= 4) {
+    reset_keyboard();
+    reset_tap_dance(state);
+  }
+}
+
+// if the flash state didn't happen, then turn off LEDs, left to right
+void dance_flsh_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+  _delay_ms(50);
+  ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+  _delay_ms(50);
+  ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+}
+
+//All tap dances now put together. Example 3 is "CT_FLASH"
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  [CT_SE]  = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE (KC_SPC, KC_ENT)
+ ,[CT_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset)
+ ,[CT_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN (dance_egg)
+ ,[CT_FLSH] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (dance_flsh_each, dance_flsh_finished, dance_flsh_reset)
+};
+```
+
+### Example 4: 'Quad Function Tap-Dance'
+
+By [DanielGGordon](https://github.com/danielggordon)
+
+Allow one key to have 4 (or more) functions, depending on number of presses, and if the key is held or tapped.
+Below is a specific example:
+*  Tap = Send `x`
+*  Hold = Send `Control`
+*  Double Tap = Send `Escape`
+*  Double Tap and Hold = Send `Alt`
+
+## Setup
+
+You will need a few things that can be used for 'Quad Function Tap-Dance'. The suggested setup is to create a user directory for yourself. This directory will contain rules.mk `<your_name>.c` and `<your_name>.h`. This directory should be called `<your_name>`, and located in the top level `users` directory. There should already be a few examples to look at there.
+
+### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/rules.mk`
+
+Put the following:
+```c
+TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes
+SRC += your_name.c
+```
+
+Pretty simple. It is a nice way to keep some rules common on all your keymaps.
+
+
+### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/<your_name>.h`
+
+You will need a few things in this file:
+
+```c
+#pragma once
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include "process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+  bool is_press_action;
+  int state;
+} tap;
+
+enum {
+  SINGLE_TAP = 1,
+  SINGLE_HOLD = 2,
+  DOUBLE_TAP = 3,
+  DOUBLE_HOLD = 4,
+  DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP = 5, //send two single taps
+  TRIPLE_TAP = 6,
+  TRIPLE_HOLD = 7
+};
+
+//Tap dance enums
+enum {
+  X_CTL = 0,
+  SOME_OTHER_DANCE
+};
+
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
+
+//for the x tap dance. Put it here so it can be used in any keymap
+void x_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+void x_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+```
+
+### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/<your_name>.c`
+
+And then in your user's `.c` file you implement the functions above:
+
+```c
+#include "<your_name>.h"
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include "action.h"
+#include "process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h"
+
+/* Return an integer that corresponds to what kind of tap dance should be executed.
+ *
+ * How to figure out tap dance state: interrupted and pressed.
+ *
+ * Interrupted: If the state of a dance dance is "interrupted", that means that another key has been hit
+ *  under the tapping term. This is typically indicitive that you are trying to "tap" the key.
+ *
+ * Pressed: Whether or not the key is still being pressed. If this value is true, that means the tapping term
+ *  has ended, but the key is still being pressed down. This generally means the key is being "held".
+ *
+ * One thing that is currenlty not possible with qmk software in regards to tap dance is to mimic the "permissive hold"
+ *  feature. In general, advanced tap dances do not work well if they are used with commonly typed letters.
+ *  For example "A". Tap dances are best used on non-letter keys that are not hit while typing letters.
+ *
+ * Good places to put an advanced tap dance:
+ *  z,q,x,j,k,v,b, any function key, home/end, comma, semi-colon
+ *
+ * Criteria for "good placement" of a tap dance key:
+ *  Not a key that is hit frequently in a sentence
+ *  Not a key that is used frequently to double tap, for example 'tab' is often double tapped in a terminal, or
+ *    in a web form. So 'tab' would be a poor choice for a tap dance.
+ *  Letters used in common words as a double. For example 'p' in 'pepper'. If a tap dance function existed on the
+ *    letter 'p', the word 'pepper' would be quite frustating to type.
+ *
+ * For the third point, there does exist the 'DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP', however this is not fully tested
+ *
+ */
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed)  return SINGLE_TAP;
+    //key has not been interrupted, but they key is still held. Means you want to send a 'HOLD'.
+    else return SINGLE_HOLD;
+  }
+  else if (state->count == 2) {
+    /*
+     * DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP is to distinguish between typing "pepper", and actually wanting a double tap
+     * action when hitting 'pp'. Suggested use case for this return value is when you want to send two
+     * keystrokes of the key, and not the 'double tap' action/macro.
+    */
+    if (state->interrupted) return DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP;
+    else if (state->pressed) return DOUBLE_HOLD;
+    else return DOUBLE_TAP;
+  }
+  //Assumes no one is trying to type the same letter three times (at least not quickly).
+  //If your tap dance key is 'KC_W', and you want to type "www." quickly - then you will need to add
+  //an exception here to return a 'TRIPLE_SINGLE_TAP', and define that enum just like 'DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP'
+  if (state->count == 3) {
+    if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed)  return TRIPLE_TAP;
+    else return TRIPLE_HOLD;
+  }
+  else return 8; //magic number. At some point this method will expand to work for more presses
+}
+
+//instanalize an instance of 'tap' for the 'x' tap dance.
+static tap xtap_state = {
+  .is_press_action = true,
+  .state = 0
+};
+
+void x_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  xtap_state.state = cur_dance(state);
+  switch (xtap_state.state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP: register_code(KC_X); break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD: register_code(KC_LCTRL); break;
+    case DOUBLE_TAP: register_code(KC_ESC); break;
+    case DOUBLE_HOLD: register_code(KC_LALT); break;
+    case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: register_code(KC_X); unregister_code(KC_X); register_code(KC_X);
+    //Last case is for fast typing. Assuming your key is `f`:
+    //For example, when typing the word `buffer`, and you want to make sure that you send `ff` and not `Esc`.
+    //In order to type `ff` when typing fast, the next character will have to be hit within the `TAPPING_TERM`, which by default is 200ms.
+  }
+}
+
+void x_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  switch (xtap_state.state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_X); break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD: unregister_code(KC_LCTRL); break;
+    case DOUBLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_ESC); break;
+    case DOUBLE_HOLD: unregister_code(KC_LALT);
+    case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_X);
+  }
+  xtap_state.state = 0;
+}
+
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  [X_CTL]     = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL,x_finished, x_reset)
+};
+```
+
+And then simply use `TD(X_CTL)` anywhere in your keymap after including `<your_name>.h`.

docs/feature_terminal.md

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+# Terminal
+
+> This feature is currently *huge* at 4400 bytes, and should probably only be put on boards with a lot of memory, or for fun.
+
+The terminal feature is a command-line-like interface designed to communicate through a text editor with keystrokes. It's beneficial to turn off auto-indent features in your editor.
+
+To enable, stick this in your `rules.mk` or `Makefile`:
+
+    TERMINAL_ENABLE = yes
+
+And use the `TERM_ON` and `TERM_OFF` keycodes to turn it on or off.
+
+When enabled, a `> ` prompt will appear, where you'll be able to type, backspace (a bell will ding if you reach the beginning and audio is enabled), and hit enter to send the command. Arrow keys are currently disabled so it doesn't get confused. Moving your cursor around with the mouse is discouraged.
+
+`#define TERMINAL_HELP` enables some other output helpers that aren't really needed with this page.
+
+Pressing "up" and "down" will allow you to cycle through the past 5 commands entered.
+
+## Future Ideas
+
+* Keyboard/user-extensible commands
+* Smaller footprint
+* Arrow key support
+* Command history - Done
+* SD card support
+* LCD support for buffer display
+* Keycode -> name string LUT
+* Layer status
+* *Analog/digital port read/write*
+* RGB mode stuff
+* Macro definitions
+* EEPROM read/write
+* Audio control
+
+## Current Commands
+
+### `about`
+
+Prints out the current version of QMK with a build date:
+
+```
+> about
+QMK Firmware
+  v0.5.115-7-g80ed73-dirty
+  Built: 2017-08-29-20:24:44
+```
+
+
+### `print-buffer`
+
+Outputs the last 5 commands entered
+
+```
+> print-buffer
+0. print-buffer
+1. help
+2. about
+3. keymap 0
+4. help 
+5. flush-buffer
+```
+
+### `flush-buffer`
+
+Clears command buffer
+```
+> flush-buffer
+Buffer cleared!
+```
+
+
+### `help`
+
+
+Prints out the available commands:
+
+```
+> help
+commands available:
+  about help keycode keymap exit print-buffer flush-buffer
+```
+
+### `keycode <layer> <row> <col>`
+
+Prints out the keycode value of a certain layer, row, and column:
+
+```
+> keycode 0 1 0
+0x29 (41)
+```
+
+### `keymap <layer>`
+
+Prints out the entire keymap for a certain layer
+
+```
+> keymap 0
+0x002b, 0x0014, 0x001a, 0x0008, 0x0015, 0x0017, 0x001c, 0x0018, 0x000c, 0x0012, 0x0013, 0x002a,
+0x0029, 0x0004, 0x0016, 0x0007, 0x0009, 0x000a, 0x000b, 0x000d, 0x000e, 0x000f, 0x0033, 0x0034,
+0x00e1, 0x001d, 0x001b, 0x0006, 0x0019, 0x0005, 0x0011, 0x0010, 0x0036, 0x0037, 0x0038, 0x0028,
+0x5cd6, 0x00e0, 0x00e2, 0x00e3, 0x5cd4, 0x002c, 0x002c, 0x5cd5, 0x0050, 0x0051, 0x0052, 0x004f,
+>
+```
+
+### `exit`
+
+Exits the terminal - same as `TERM_OFF`.

docs/feature_thermal_printer.md

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Thermal Printer
+
+<!-- FIXME: Describe thermal printers support here. -->
+
+## Thermal Printer Keycodes
+
+|Key        |Description                             |
+|-----------|----------------------------------------|
+|`PRINT_ON` |Start printing everything the user types|
+|`PRINT_OFF`|Stop printing everything the user types |

docs/feature_unicode.md

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Unicode Support
+
+There are three Unicode keymap definition method available in QMK:
+
+## UNICODE_ENABLE
+
+Supports Unicode input up to 0xFFFF. The keycode function is `UC(n)` in keymap file, where *n* is a 4 digit hexadecimal.
+
+## UNICODEMAP_ENABLE
+
+Supports Unicode up to 0xFFFFFFFF. You need to maintain a separate mapping table `const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {...}` in your keymap file. The keycode function is `X(n)` where *n* is the array index of the mapping table.
+
+And you may want to have an enum to make reference easier.  So you'd want to add something like this to your keymap:
+
+```c
+enum unicode_name {
+  BANG, // ‽
+  IRONY, // ⸮
+  SNEK // snke 🐍
+};
+
+const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {
+  [BANG]      = 0x0203D, // ‽
+  [IRONY]     = 0x02E2E, // ⸮
+  [SNEK]      = 0x1F40D // snke 🐍
+}:
+```
+
+Make sure that the order for both matches.
+
+## UCIS_ENABLE
+
+Supports Unicode up to 0xFFFFFFFF. As with `UNICODE_MAP`, you may want to main a mapping table in your keymap file.  However, there is no keycodes for this feature, you will have to add a keycode or function to call `qk_ucis_start()`. Once you've run that, you can just type the text for your unicode, and then hit space or enter to complete it, or ESC to cancel it. And if it matches an entry in your table, it will automatically "backspace" the trigger word (from your table) and then will input the unicode sequence.
+
+For instance, you would need to have a table like this in your keymap:
+
+```c
+const qk_ucis_symbol_t ucis_symbol_table[] = UCIS_TABLE
+(
+ UCIS_SYM("poop", 0x1f4a9),
+ UCIS_SYM("rofl", 0x1f923),
+ UCIS_SYM("kiss", 0x1f619)
+);
+```
+
+You run the function, and then type "rofl" and hit enter, it should backspace remove "rofl" and input the `0x1f923` unicode.
+
+### Customization
+
+There are several functions that you can add to your keymap to customize the functionality of this feature.
+
+* `void qk_ucis_start_user(void)` - This runs when you run the "start" function, and can be used to provide feedback. By default, it types out a keyboard emoji.
+* `void qk_ucis_success(uint8_t symbol_index)` - This runs when the unicode input has matched something, and has completed. Default doesn't do anything.
+* `void qk_ucis_symbol_fallback (void)` - This runs if the input text doesn't match anything.  The default function falls back to trying that input as a unicode code.
+
+The default code for these are:
+
+```c
+void qk_ucis_start_user(void) { // outputs keyboard emoji
+  unicode_input_start();
+  register_hex(0x2328);
+  unicode_input_finish();
+}
+
+void qk_ucis_success(uint8_t symbol_index) {
+}
+
+void qk_ucis_symbol_fallback (void) { // falls back to manual unicode entry
+  for (uint8_t i = 0; i < qk_ucis_state.count - 1; i++) {
+    uint8_t code = qk_ucis_state.codes[i];
+    register_code(code);
+    unregister_code(code);
+    wait_ms(UNICODE_TYPE_DELAY);
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Unicode Input methods
+
+Unicode input in QMK works by inputting a sequence of characters to the OS,
+sort of like macro. Unfortunately, each OS has different ideas on how Unicode is input.
+
+This is the current list of Unicode input method in QMK:
+
+* __UC_OSX__: MacOS Unicode Hex Input support. Works only up to 0xFFFF. Disabled by default. To enable: go to System Preferences -> Keyboard -> Input Sources, and enable Unicode Hex.
+* __UC_OSX_RALT__: Same as UC_OSX, but sends the Right Alt key for unicode input
+* __UC_LNX__: Unicode input method under Linux. Works up to 0xFFFFF. Should work almost anywhere on ibus enabled distros. Without ibus, this works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
+* __UC_WIN__: (not recommended) Windows built-in Unicode input. To enable: create registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad`, set its value to 1, and reboot. This method is not recommended because of reliability and compatibility issue, use WinCompose method below instead.
+* __UC_WINC__: Windows Unicode input using WinCompose. Requires [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). Works reliably under many (all?) variations of Windows.
+
+At some point, you need to call `set_unicode_input_mode(x)` to set the correct unicode method.  This sets the method that is used to send the unicode, and stores it in EEPROM, so you only need to call this once.
+
+## `send_unicode_hex_string`
+
+To type multiple characters for things like (ノಠ痊ಠ)ノ彡┻━┻, you can use `send_unicode_hex_string()` much like `SEND_STRING()` except you would use hex values separate by spaces.
+For example, the table flip seen above would be `send_unicode_hex_string("0028 30CE 0CA0 75CA 0CA0 0029 30CE 5F61 253B 2501 253B")`
+
+There are many ways to get a hex code, but an easy one is [this site](https://r12a.github.io/app-conversion/). Just make sure to convert to hexadecimal, and that is your string.
+
+## Additional Language Support
+
+In `quantum/keymap_extras/`, you'll see various language files - these work the same way as the alternative layout ones do. Most are defined by their two letter country/language code followed by an underscore and a 4-letter abbreviation of its name. `FR_UGRV` which will result in a `ù` when using a software-implemented AZERTY layout. It's currently difficult to send such characters in just the firmware.
+
+## International Characters on Windows
+
+### AutoHotkey allows Windows users to create custom hotkeys among others.
+
+The method does not require Unicode support in the keyboard itself but depends instead of [AutoHotkey](https://autohotkey.com) running in the background.
+
+First you need to select a modifier combination that is not in use by any of your programs.
+CtrlAltWin is not used very widely and should therefore be perfect for this.
+There is a macro defined for a mod-tab combo `LCAG_T`.
+Add this mod-tab combo to a key on your keyboard, e.g.: `LCAG_T(KC_TAB)`.
+This makes the key behave like a tab key if pressed and released immediately but changes it to the modifier if used with another key.
+
+In the default script of AutoHotkey you can define custom hotkeys.
+
+    <^<!<#a::Send, ä
+    <^<!<#<+a::Send, Ä
+
+The hotkeys above are for the combination CtrlAltGui and CtrlAltGuiShift plus the letter a.
+AutoHotkey inserts the Text right of `Send, ` when this combination is pressed.
+
+### US International
+
+If you enable the US International layout on the system, it will use punctuation to accent the characters. 
+
+For instance, typing "`a" will result in à.
+
+You can find details on how to enable this [here](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/17424/windows-change-keyboard-layout).

docs/feature_userspace.md

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+# Userspace: Sharing Code Between Keymaps
+
+If you use more than one keyboard with a similar keymap, you might see the benefit in being able to share code between them. Create your own folder in `users/` named the same as your keymap (ideally your github username, `<name>`) with the following structure:
+
+* `/users/<name>/` (added to the path automatically)
+  * `readme.md` (optional, recommended)
+  * `rules.mk` (included automatically)
+  * `config.h` (included automatically)
+  * `<name>.h` (optional)
+  * `<name>.c` (optional)
+  * `cool_rgb_stuff.c` (optional)
+  * `cool_rgb_stuff.h` (optional)
+
+
+All this only happens when you build a keymap named `<name>`, like this:
+
+    make planck:<name>
+
+For example,
+
+    make planck:jack
+
+Will include the `/users/jack/` folder in the path, along with `/users/jack/rules.mk`.  
+
+!> This `name` can be [overridden](#override-default-userspace), if needed.  
+
+## `Rules.mk`
+
+The `rules.mk` is one of the two files that gets processed automatically.  This is how you add additional source files (such as  `<name>.c`) will be added when compiling.
+
+It's highly recommended that you use `<name>.c` as the default source file to be added. And to add it, you need to add it the SRC in `rules.mk` like this:
+
+    SRC += <name>.c
+
+Additional files may be added in the same way - it's recommended you have one named `<name>`.c/.h to start off with, though. 
+
+The `/users/<name>/rules.mk` file will be included in the build _after_ the `rules.mk` from your keymap. This allows you to have features in your userspace `rules.mk` that depend on individual QMK features that may or may not be available on a specific keyboard. 
+
+For example, if you have RGB control features shared between all your keyboards that support RGB lighting, you can add support for that if the RGBLIGHT feature is enabled:
+```make
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+  # Include my fancy rgb functions source here
+  SRC += cool_rgb_stuff.c
+endif
+```
+
+Alternatively, you can `define RGB_ENABLE` in your keymap's `rules.mk` and then check for the variable in your userspace's `rules.mk` like this:
+```make
+ifdef RGB_ENABLE
+  # Include my fancy rgb functions source here
+  SRC += cool_rgb_stuff.c
+endif
+```
+
+### Override default userspace
+
+By default the userspace used will be the same as the keymap name. In some situations this isn't desirable. For instance, if you use the [layout](feature_layouts.md) feature you can't use the same name for different keymaps (e.g. ANSI and ISO). You can name your layouts `mylayout-ansi` and `mylayout-iso` and add the following line to your layout's `rules.mk`:
+
+```
+USER_NAME := mylayout
+```
+
+This is also useful if you have multiple different keyboards with different features physically present on the board (such as one with RGB Lights, and one with Audio, or different number of LEDs, or connected to a different PIN on the controller).
+
+## Configuration Options (`config.h`)
+
+Additionally, `config.h` here will be processed like the same file in your keymap folder.  This is handled separately from the `<name>.h` file.
+
+The reason for this, is that `<name>.h` won't be added in time to add settings (such as `#define TAPPING_TERM 100`), and including the `<name.h>` file in any `config.h` files will result in compile issues.
+
+!>You should use the `config.h` for [configuration options](config_options.md), and the `<name>.h` file for user or keymap specific settings (such as the enum for layer or keycodes)
+
+
+## Readme (`readme.md`)
+
+Please include authorship (your name, github username, email), and optionally [a license that's GPL compatible](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list.html#GPLCompatibleLicenses).
+
+You can use this as a template: 
+```
+Copyright <year> <name> <email> @<github_username>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+```
+
+You'd want to replace the year, name, email and github username with your info. 
+
+Additionally, this is a good place to document your code, if you wish to share it with others. 
+
+# Examples
+
+For a brief example, checkout [`/users/_example/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).  
+For a more complicated example, checkout [`/users/drashna/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna)'s userspace.
+
+
+## Customized Functions
+
+QMK has a bunch of [functions](custom_quantum_functions.md) that have [`_quantum`, `_kb`, and `_user` versions](custom_quantum_functions.md#a-word-on-core-vs-keyboards-vs-keymap) that you can use.  You will pretty much always want to use the user version of these functions.  But the problem is that if you use them in your userspace, then you don't have a version that you can use in your keymap. 
+
+However, you can actually add support for keymap version, so that you can use it in both your userspace and your keymap! 
+
+
+For instance, lets looks at the `layer_state_set_user` function.  Lets enable the [Tri Layer State](ref_functions.md#olkb-tri-layers) functionalitly to all of our boards, and then still have your `keymap.c` still able to use this functionality. 
+
+In your `<name.c>` file, you'd want to add this: 
+```c
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+uint32_t layer_state_set_keymap (uint32_t state) {
+  return state;
+}
+
+uint32_t layer_state_set_user (uint32_t state) {
+  state = update_tri_layer_state(state, 2, 3, 5);
+  return layer_state_set_keymap (state);
+}
+```
+The `__attribute__ ((weak))` part tells the compiler that this is a placeholder function that can then be replaced by a version in your `keymap.c`.  That way, you don't need to add it to your `keymap.c`, but if you do, you won't get any conflicts because the function is the same name. 
+
+The `_keymap` part here doesn't matter, it just needs to be something other than `_quantum`, `_kb`, or `_user`, since those are already in use. So you could use `layer_state_set_mine`, `layer_state_set_fn`, or anything else.
+
+You can see a list of this and other common functions in [`template.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/users/drashna/template.c) in [`users/drashna`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).
+
+## Custom Features
+
+Since the Userspace feature can support a staggering number of boards, you may have boards that you want to enable certain functionality for, but not for others. And you can actually create "features" that you can enable or disable in your own userspace.  
+
+For instance, if you wanted to have a bunch of macros available, but only on certain boards (to save space), you could "hide" them being a `#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED`, and then enable it per board.  To do this, add this to your rules.mk
+```make
+ifeq ($(strip $(MACROS_ENABLED)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMACROS_ENABLED
+endif
+```
+The `OPT_DEFS` setting causes `MACROS_ENABLED` to be defined for your keyboards (note the `-D` in front of the name), and you could use `#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED` to check the status in your c/h files, and handle that code based on that. 
+
+Then you add `MACROS_ENABLED = yes` to the `rules.mk` for you keymap to enable this feature and the code in your userspace.
+
+And in your `process_record_user` function, you'd do something like this: 
+```c
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED
+  case MACRO1:
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
+      SEND_STRING("This is macro 1!");
+    }
+    break;
+  case MACRO2:
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
+      SEND_STRING("This is macro 2!");
+    }
+    break;
+#endif
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+```
+
+
+## Consolidated Macros
+
+If you wanted to consolidate macros and other functions into your userspace for all of your keymaps, you can do that.  This builds upon the [Customized Functions](#customized-functions) example above. This lets you maintain a bunch of macros that are shared between the different keyboards, and allow for keyboard specific macros, too. 
+
+First, you'd want to go through all of your `keymap.c` files and replace `process_record_user` with `process_record_keymap` instead.   This way, you can still use keyboard specific codes on those boards, and use your custom "global" keycodes as well.   You'll also want to replace `SAFE_RANGE` with `NEW_SAFE_RANGE` so that you wont have any overlapping keycodes
+
+Then add `#include <name.h>` to all of your keymap.c files.  This allows you to use these new keycodes without having to redefine them in each keymap.
+
+Once you've done that, you'll want to set the keycode definitions that you need to the `<name>.h`  file. For instance:
+```c
+#pragma once
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include "action.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+// Define all of
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  KC_MAKE = SAFE_RANGE,
+  NEW_SAFE_RANGE  //use "NEW_SAFE_RANGE" for keymap specific codes
+};
+```
+
+Now you want to create the `<name>.c` file, and add this content to it:
+
+```c
+#include "<name>.h"
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+bool process_record_keymap(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+  case KC_MAKE:
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
+      SEND_STRING("make " QMK_KEYBOARD ":" QMK_KEYMAP
+#if  (defined(BOOTLOADER_DFU) || defined(BOOTLOADER_LUFA_DFU) || defined(BOOTLOADER_QMK_DFU))
+       ":dfu "
+#elif defined(BOOTLOADER_HALFKAY)
+      ":teensy "
+#elif defined(BOOTLOADER_CATERINA)
+       ":avrdude "
+#endif
+        SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
+    }
+    return false;
+    break;
+  }
+  return process_record_keymap(keycode, record);
+}
+```
+
+This will add a new `KC_MAKE` keycode that can be used in any of your keymaps.  And this keycode will output `make <keyboard>:<keymap>`, making frequent compiling easier.  And this will work with any keyboard and any keymap as it will output the current boards info, so that you don't have to type this out every time.
+
+Additionally, this should flash the newly compiled firmware automatically, using the correct utility, based on the bootloader settings (or default to just generating the HEX file). However, it should be noted that this may not work on all systems. AVRDUDE doesn't work on WSL, namely (and will dump the HEX in the ".build" folder instead).
+
+

docs/features.md

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# QMK Features
+
+QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take some time to understand all of them and determine which one will achieve your goal.
+
+
+* [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md) - Change layers, dual-action keys, and more. Go beyond typing simple characters.
+* [Audio](feature_audio.md) - Connect a speaker to your keyboard for audio feedback, midi support, and music mode.
+* [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md) - Tap for the normal key, hold slightly longer for its shifted state.
+* [Backlight](feature_backlight.md) - LED lighting support for your keyboard.
+* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) - Adjust the behavior of your keyboard using hotkeys.
+* [Combos](feature_combo.md) - Custom actions for multiple key holds.
+* [Command](feature_command.md) - Runtime version of bootmagic (Formerly known as "Magic").
+* [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md) - Record and playback macros from the keyboard itself.
+* [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md) - Lets you use a single key for Esc and Grave. 
+* [HD44780 LCD Display](feature_hd44780.md) - Support for LCD character displays using the HD44780 standard.
+* [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md) - Lock a key in the "down" state.
+* [Layouts](feature_layouts.md) - Use one keymap with any keyboard that supports your layout.
+* [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md) - Tap the leader key followed by a sequence to trigger custom behavior.
+* [Macros](feature_macros.md) - Send multiple key presses when pressing only one physical key.
+* [Mouse keys](feature_mouse_keys.md) - Control your mouse pointer from your keyboard.
+* [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) - Sticky Keys, lets hit a key rather than holding it.
+* [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md) - Framework for connecting your custom pointing device to your keyboard.
+* [PS2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md) - Driver for connecting a PS/2 mouse directly to your keyboard.
+* [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md) - RGB lighting for your keyboard.
+* [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) - RGB Matrix lights for per key lighting.
+* [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) - Use your left/right shift keys to type parenthesis and brackets.
+* [Stenography](feature_stenography.md) - Put your keyboard into Plover mode for stenography use.
+* [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md) - Mirror your keyboard for one handed usage.
+* [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md) - Make a single key do as many things as you want.
+* [Terminal](feature_terminal.md) - CLI interface to the internals of your keyboard.
+* [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md) - Connect a thermal printer to your keyboard to be able to toggle on a printed log of everything you type.
+* [Unicode](feature_unicode.md) - Unicode input support.
+* [Userspace](feature_userspace.md) - Share code between different keymaps and keyboards.

docs/flashing.md

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# Flashing Instructions and Bootloader Information
+
+There are quite a few different types of bootloaders that keyboards use, and just about all of the use a different flashing method. Luckily, projects like the [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) aim to be compatible with all the different types without having to think about it much, but this article will describe the different types of bootloaders, and available methods for flashing them.
+
+If you have a bootloader selected with the `BOOTLOADER` variable in your `rules.mk`, QMK will automatically calculate if your .hex file is the right size to be flashed to the device, and output the total size in bytes (along with the max). To run this process manually, compile with the target `check-size`, eg `make planck/rev4:default:check-size`.
+
+## DFU
+
+Atmel's DFU bootloader comes on all atmega32u4 chips by default, and is used by many keyboards that have their own ICs on their PCBs (Older OLKB boards, Clueboards). Some keyboards may also use LUFA's DFU bootloader (or QMK's fork) (Newer OLKB boards) that adds in additional features specific to that hardware.
+
+To ensure compatibility with the DFU bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk` (optionally with `lufa-dfu` or `qmk-dfu` instead):
+
+    # Bootloader
+    #     This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
+    #     different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
+    #     automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
+    BOOTLOADER = atmel-dfu
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [dfu-programmer](https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer) / `:dfu` in QMK (recommended command line)
+* [Atmel's Flip](http://www.microchip.com/developmenttools/productdetails.aspx?partno=flip) (not recommended)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or tap the RESET button (or short RST to GND).
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Erase the memory (may be done automatically)
+4. Flash a .hex file
+5. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+
+or:
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
+
+### QMK DFU
+
+QMK has a fork of the LUFA DFU bootloader that allows for a simple matrix scan for exiting the bootloader and returning to the application, as well as flashing an LED/making a ticking noise with a speaker when things are happening. To enable these features, use this block in your `config.h` (The key that exits the bootloader needs to be hooked-up to the INPUT and OUTPUT defined here):
+
+    #define QMK_ESC_OUTPUT F1 // usually COL
+    #define QMK_ESC_INPUT D5 // usually ROW
+    #define QMK_LED E6
+    #define QMK_SPEAKER C6
+
+The Manufacturer and Product names are automatically pulled from your `config.h`, and "Bootloader" is added to the product.
+
+To generate this bootloader, use the `bootloader` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:bootloader`.
+
+To generate a production-ready .hex file (containing the application and the bootloader), use the `production` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:production`.
+
+## Caterina
+
+Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/Arduino/tree/master/hardware/arduino/avr/bootloaders/caterina) (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro, or clone), and uses the avr109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial. Bootloaders like [A-Star](https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/9) are based on Caterina.
+
+To ensure compatibility with the Caterina bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
+
+    # Bootloader
+    #     This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
+    #     different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
+    #     automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
+    BOOTLOADER = caterina
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [avrdude](http://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) with avr109 / `:avrdude` (recommended command line)
+* [AVRDUDESS](https://github.com/zkemble/AVRDUDESS)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Flash a .hex file
+4. Wait for the device to reset automatically
+
+or
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude
+
+or if you want to flash multiple boards, use the following command
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude-loop
+
+When you're done flashing boards, you'll need to hit Ctrl + C or whatever the correct keystroke is for your operating system to break the loop.
+
+## Halfkay
+
+Halfkay is a super-slim protocol developed by PJRC that uses HID, and come on all Teensys (namely the 2.0).
+
+To ensure compatibility with the Halfkay bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
+
+    # Bootloader
+    #     This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
+    #     different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
+    #     automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
+    BOOTLOADER = halfkay
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html)
+* [Teensy Loader Command Line](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html) (recommended command line)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Flash a .hex file
+4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+
+## STM32
+
+All STM32 chips come preloaded with a factory bootloader that cannot be modified nor deleted. Some STM32 chips have bootloaders that do not come with USB programming (e.g. STM32F103) but the process is still the same.
+
+At the moment, no `BOOTLOADER` variable is needed on `rules.mk` for STM32.
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [dfu-util](https://github.com/Stefan-Schmidt/dfu-util) / `:dfu-util` (recommended command line)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
+    * Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on STM32F042 devices)
+    * If a reset circuit is present, tap the RESET button
+    * Otherwise, you need to bridge BOOT0 to VCC (via BOOT0 button or bridge), short RESET to GND (via RESET button or bridge), and then let go of the BOOT0 bridge
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Flash a .bin file
+    * You will receive a warning about the DFU signature; Just ignore it
+4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+    * If you are building from command line (e.g. `make planck/rev6:default:dfu-util`), make sure that `:leave` is passed to the `DFU_ARGS` variable inside your `rules.mk` (e.g. `DFU_ARGS = -d 0483:df11 -a 0 -s 0x08000000:leave`) so that your device resets after flashing

docs/fuse.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+Atmega32u4 Fuse/Lock Bits for Planck/Atomic/Preonic
+=========================
+
+	Low Fuse: 0x5E
+	High Fuse: 0x99
+	Extended Fuse: 0xF3
+	Lock Byte: 0xFF
+
+
+ATMega168P Fuse/Lock Bits
+=========================
+This configuration is from usbasploader's Makefile.
+
+    HFUSE   0xD6
+    LFUSE   0xDF
+    EFUSE   0x00
+    LOCK    0x3F(intact)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# ATMega168P
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Fuse extended byte:
+# 0x00 = 0 0 0 0   0 0 0 0 <-- BOOTRST (boot reset vector at 0x1800)
+#                    \+/
+#                     +------- BOOTSZ (00 = 2k bytes)
+# Fuse high byte:
+# 0xd6 = 1 1 0 1   0 1 1 0
+#        ^ ^ ^ ^   ^ \-+-/
+#        | | | |   |   +------ BODLEVEL 0..2 (110 = 1.8 V)
+#        | | | |   + --------- EESAVE (preserve EEPROM over chip erase)
+#        | | | +-------------- WDTON (if 0: watchdog always on)
+#        | | +---------------- SPIEN (allow serial programming)
+#        | +------------------ DWEN (debug wire enable)
+#        +-------------------- RSTDISBL (reset pin is enabled)
+# Fuse low byte:
+# 0xdf = 1 1 0 1   1 1 1 1
+#        ^ ^ \ /   \--+--/
+#        | |  |       +------- CKSEL 3..0 (external >8M crystal)
+#        | |  +--------------- SUT 1..0 (crystal osc, BOD enabled)
+#        | +------------------ CKOUT (if 0: Clock output enabled)
+#        +-------------------- CKDIV8 (if 0: divide by 8)
+
+
+# Lock Bits
+# 0x3f = - - 1 1   1 1 1 1
+#            \ /   \-/ \-/
+#             |     |   +----- LB 2..1 (No memory lock features enabled)
+#             |     +--------- BLB0 2..1 (No restrictions for SPM or LPM accessing the Application section)
+#             +--------------- BLB1 2..1 (No restrictions for SPM or LPM accessing the Boot Loader section)
+

docs/getting_started_build_tools.md

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+# Installing Build Tools
+
+This page describes setting up the build environment for QMK. These instructions cover AVR processors (such as the atmega32u4).
+
+<!-- FIXME: We should have ARM instructions somewhere. -->
+
+Note: If it is your first time here, Check out the "Complete Newbs guide" instead
+
+## Linux
+
+To ensure you are always up to date, you can just run `sudo util/qmk_install.sh`. That should always install all the dependencies needed. **This will run `apt-get upgrade`.**
+
+You can also install things manually, but this documentation might not be always up to date with all requirements.
+
+The current requirements are the following, but not all might be needed depending on what you do. Also note that some systems might not have all the dependencies available as packages, or they might be named differently.
+
+```
+build-essential
+gcc
+unzip
+wget
+zip
+gcc-avr
+binutils-avr
+avr-libc
+dfu-programmer
+dfu-util
+gcc-arm-none-eabi
+binutils-arm-none-eabi
+libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
+git
+```
+
+Install the dependencies with your favorite package manager.
+
+Debian / Ubuntu example:
+
+    sudo apt-get update
+    sudo apt-get install gcc unzip wget zip gcc-avr binutils-avr avr-libc dfu-programmer dfu-util gcc-arm-none-eabi binutils-arm-none-eabi libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
+
+Fedora / Red Hat example:
+
+    sudo dnf install gcc unzip wget zip dfu-util dfu-programmer avr-gcc avr-libc binutils-avr32-linux-gnu arm-none-eabi-gcc-cs arm-none-eabi-binutils-cs arm-none-eabi-newlib
+
+## Nix
+
+If you're on [NixOS](https://nixos.org/), or have Nix installed on Linux or macOS, run `nix-shell` from the repository root to get a build environment.
+
+By default, this will download compilers for both AVR and ARM. If you don't need both, disable the `avr` or `arm` arguments, e.g.:
+
+    nix-shell --arg arm false
+
+## macOS
+If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
+
+    brew tap osx-cross/avr
+    brew tap PX4/homebrew-px4
+    brew update
+    brew install avr-gcc@7
+    brew link --force avr-gcc@7
+    brew install dfu-programmer
+    brew install dfu-util
+    brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
+    brew install avrdude
+
+This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of `avr-gcc@7` can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
+
+## Windows with msys2 (recommended)
+
+The best environment to use, for Windows Vista through any later version (tested on 7 and 10), is [msys2](http://www.msys2.org).
+
+* Install msys2 by downloading it and following the instructions here: http://www.msys2.org
+* Open the ``MSYS2 MingGW 64-bit`` shortcut
+* Navigate to your QMK repository. For example, if it's in the root of your c drive:
+ * `$ cd /c/qmk_firmware`
+* Run `util/qmk_install.sh` and follow the prompts
+
+## Windows 10 (deprecated)
+These are the old instructions for Windows 10. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
+
+### Creators Update
+If you have Windows 10 with Creators Update or later, you can build and flash the firmware directly. Before the Creators Update, only building was possible. If you don't have it yet or if are unsure, follow [these instructions](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/instantanswers/d4efb316-79f0-1aa1-9ef3-dcada78f3fa0/get-the-windows-10-creators-update).
+
+### Windows Subsystem for Linux
+In addition to the Creators Update, you need Windows 10 Subystem for Linux, so install it following [these instructions](http://www.howtogeek.com/249966/how-to-install-and-use-the-linux-bash-shell-on-windows-10/). If you already have the Windows 10 Subsystem for Linux from the Anniversary update it's recommended that you [upgrade](https://betanews.com/2017/04/14/upgrade-windows-subsystem-for-linux/) it to 16.04LTS, because some keyboards don't compile with the toolchains included in 14.04LTS. Note that you need to know what your are doing if you chose the `sudo do-release-upgrade` method.
+
+### Git
+If you already have cloned the repository on your Windows file system you can ignore this section.
+
+You will need to clone the repository to your Windows file system using the normal Git for Windows and **not** the WSL Git. So if you haven't installed Git before, [download](https://git-scm.com/download/win) and install it. Then [set it up](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Getting-Started-First-Time-Git-Setup), it's important that you setup the e-mail and user name, especially if you are planning to contribute.
+
+Once Git is installed, open the Git Bash command and change the directory to where you want to clone QMK; note that you have to use forward slashes, and that your c drive is accessed like this `/c/path/to/where/you/want/to/go`. Then run `git clone --recurse-submodules https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware`, this will create a new folder `qmk_firmware` as a subfolder of the current one.
+
+### Toolchain Setup
+The Toolchain setup is done through the Windows Subsystem for Linux, and the process is fully automated. If you want to do everything manually, there are no other instructions than the scripts themselves, but you can always open issues and ask for more information.
+
+1. Open "Bash On Ubuntu On Windows" from the start menu.
+2. Go to the directory where you cloned `qmk_firmware`. Note that the paths start with `/mnt/` in the WSL, so you have to write for example `cd /mnt/c/path/to/qmk_firmware`.
+3. Run `util/wsl_install.sh` and follow the on-screen instructions.
+4. Close the Bash command window, and re-open it.
+5. You are ready to compile and flash the firmware!
+
+### Some Important Things to Keep in Mind
+* You can run `util/wsl_install.sh` again to get all the newest updates.
+* Your QMK repository need to be on a Windows file system path, since WSL can't run executables outside it.
+* The WSL Git is **not** compatible with the Windows Git, so use the Windows Git Bash or a windows Git GUI for all Git operations
+* You can edit files either inside WSL or normally using Windows, but note that if you edit makefiles or shell scripts, make sure you are using an editor that saves the files with Unix line endings. Otherwise the compilation might not work.
+
+## Windows (Vista and Later) (Deprecated)
+
+These are the old instructions for Windows Vista and later. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
+
+1. If you have ever installed WinAVR, uninstall it.
+2. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
+3. If you are going to flash Infinity based keyboards you will need to install dfu-util, refer to the instructions by [Input Club](https://github.com/kiibohd/controller/wiki/Loading-DFU-Firmware).
+4. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
+5. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
+6. Open the `\util` folder.
+7. Double-click on the `1-setup-path-win` batch script to run it. You'll need to accept a User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
+8. Right-click on the `2-setup-environment-win` batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
+
+If you have trouble and want to ask for help, it is useful to generate a *Win_Check_Output.txt* file by running `Win_Check.bat` in the `\util` folder.
+
+## Docker
+
+If this is a bit complex for you, Docker might be the turn-key solution you need. After installing [Docker](https://www.docker.com/products/docker), run the following command at the root of the QMK folder to build a keyboard/keymap:
+
+```bash
+# You'll run this every time you want to build a keymap
+# modify the keymap and keyboard assignment to compile what you want
+# defaults are ergodox/default
+
+docker run -e keymap=gwen -e keyboard=ergodox_ez --rm -v $('pwd'):/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
+```
+
+On Windows Docker seems to have issues with the VOLUME tag in Dockerfile, and `$('pwd')` won't print a Windows compliant path; use full path instead, like this:
+
+```bash
+docker run -e keymap=default -e keyboard=ergodox_ez --rm -v D:/Users/Sacapuces/Documents/Repositories/qmk:/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
+
+```
+
+This will compile the targeted keyboard/keymap and leave it in your QMK directory for you to flash.
+
+## Vagrant
+If you have any problems building the firmware, you can try using a tool called Vagrant. It will set up a virtual computer with a known configuration that's ready-to-go for firmware building. OLKB does NOT host the files for this virtual computer. Details on how to set up Vagrant are in the [vagrant guide](getting_started_vagrant.md).

docs/getting_started_getting_help.md

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Getting Help
+
+There are a lot of resources for getting help with QMK.
+
+## Realtime Chat
+
+You can find QMK developers and users on our main [Discord server](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh). There are specific channels in the server for chatting about the firmware, Toolbox, hardware, and configurator.
+
+## OLKB Subreddit
+
+The official QMK forum is [/r/olkb](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) on [reddit.com](https://reddit.com).
+
+## Github Issues
+
+You can open an [issue on GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues). This is especially handy when your issue will require long-term discussion or debugging.

docs/getting_started_github.md

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# How to Use Github with QMK
+
+Github can be a little tricky to those that aren't familiar with it - this guide will walk through each step of forking, cloning, and submitting a pull request with QMK.
+
+?> This guide assumes you're somewhat comfortable with running things at the command line, and have git installed on your system.
+
+Start on the [QMK Github page](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), and you'll see a button in the upper right that says "Fork":
+
+![Fork on Github](http://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
+
+If you're a part of an organization, you'll need to choose which account to fork it to. In most circumstances, you'll want to fork it to your personal account. Once your fork is completed (sometimes this takes a little while), click the "Clone or Download" button:
+
+![Download from Github](http://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
+
+And be sure to select "HTTPS", and select the link and copy it:
+
+![HTTPS link](http://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
+
+From here, enter `git clone ` into the command line, and then paste your link:
+
+```
+user@computer:~$ git clone https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
+Cloning into 'qmk_firmware'...
+remote: Counting objects: 46625, done.
+remote: Compressing objects: 100% (2/2), done.
+remote: Total 46625 (delta 0), reused 0 (delta 0), pack-reused 46623
+Receiving objects: 100% (46625/46625), 84.47 MiB | 3.14 MiB/s, done.
+Resolving deltas: 100% (29362/29362), done.
+Checking out files: 100% (2799/2799), done.
+```
+
+You now have your QMK fork on your local machine, and you can add your keymap, compile it and flash it to your board. Once you're happy with your changes, you can add, commit, and push them to your fork like this:
+
+```
+user@computer:~$ git add .
+user@computer:~$ git commit -m "adding my keymap"
+[master cccb1608] adding my keymap
+ 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
+ create mode 100644 keyboards/planck/keymaps/mine/keymap.c
+user@computer:~$ git push
+Counting objects: 1, done.
+Delta compression using up to 4 threads.
+Compressing objects: 100% (1/1), done.
+Writing objects: 100% (1/1), 1.64 KiB | 0 bytes/s, done.
+Total 1 (delta 1), reused 0 (delta 0)
+remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (1/1), completed with 1 local objects.
+To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
+ + 20043e64...7da94ac5 master -> master
+```
+
+Your changes now exist on your fork on Github - if you go back there (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`), you can create a "New Pull Request" by clicking this button:
+
+![New Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
+
+Here you'll be able to see exactly what you've committed - if it all looks good, you can finalize it by clicking "Create Pull Request":
+
+![Create Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
+
+After submitting, we may talk to you about your changes, ask that you make changes, and eventually accept it! Thanks for contributing to QMK :)

docs/getting_started_introduction.md

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Introduction
+
+This page attempts to explain the basic information you need to know to work with the QMK project. It assumes that you are familiar with navigating a Unix shell, but does not assume you are familiar with C or with compiling using make.
+
+## Basic QMK Structure
+
+QMK is a fork of [Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk)'s [tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) project. The original TMK code, with modifications, can be found in the `tmk` folder. The QMK additions to the project may be found in the `quantum` folder. Keyboard projects may be found in the `handwired` and `keyboard` folders.
+
+### Userspace Structure
+
+Within the folder `users` is a directory for each user. This is a place for users to put code that they might use between keyboards. See the docs for [Userspace feature](feature_userspace.md) for more information.
+
+### Keyboard Project Structure
+
+Within the folder `keyboards` and its subfolder `handwired` is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard`. Within it you'll find the following structure:
+
+* `keymaps/`: Different keymaps that can be built
+* `rules.mk`: The file that sets the default "make" options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `rules.mk`.
+* `config.h`: The file that sets the default compile time options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `config.h`.
+
+### Keymap Structure
+
+In every keymap folder, the following files may be found. Only `keymap.c` is required, and if the rest of the files are not found the default options will be chosen.
+
+* `config.h`: the options to configure your keymap
+* `keymap.c`: all of your keymap code, required
+* `rules.mk`: the features of QMK that are enabled
+* `readme.md`: a description of your keymap, how others might use it, and explanations of features. Please upload images to a service like imgur.
+
+# The `config.h` File
+
+There are 3 possible `config.h` locations:
+
+* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/config.h`)
+* userspace (`/users/<user>/config.h`)
+* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/config.h`)
+
+The build system automatically picks up the config files in the above order. If you wish to override any setting set by a previous `config.h` you will need to first include some boilerplate code for the settings you wish to change.
+
+```
+#pragma once
+```
+
+Then to override a setting from the previous `config.h` file you must `#undef` and then `#define` the setting again.
+
+The boilerplate code and setting look like this together:
+
+```
+#pragma once
+
+// overrides go here!
+#undef MY_SETTING
+#define MY_SETTING 4
+```